\input texinfo
-
@c Notes to self regarding line handling:
@c
@c Empty lines are often significant before @end directives; avoid them.
@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region)
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@comment How to make the various output formats:
+@comment (Thanks to Robert Chassell for supplying this information.)
+@comment Note that Texinfo 4.7 (or later) is needed.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@ignore
+In each of the following pairs of commands, the first generates a
+version with cross references pointing to the GNU Emacs manuals,
+the second with them pointing to the XEmacs manuals.
+ ## Info output
+ makeinfo cc-mode.texi
+ makeinfo -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi
+
+ ## DVI output
+ ## You may need to set up the environment variable TEXINPUTS so
+ ## that tex can find the file texinfo.tex - See the tex
+ ## manpage.
+ texi2dvi cc-mode.texi
+ texi2dvi -t "@set XEMACS " cc-mode.texi
+
+ ## HTML output. (The --no-split parameter is optional)
+ makeinfo --html --no-split cc-mode.texi
+ makeinfo --html --no-split -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi
+
+ ## Plain text output
+ makeinfo --fill-column=70 --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
+ --no-headers --output=cc-mode.txt cc-mode.texi
+ makeinfo --fill-column=70 --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
+ --no-headers --output=cc-mode.txt -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi
+
+ ## DocBook output
+ makeinfo --docbook --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
+ cc-mode.texi
+ makeinfo --docbook --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
+ -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi
+
+ ## XML output
+ makeinfo --xml --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
+ cc-mode.texi
+ makeinfo --xml --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
+ -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi
+
+ #### (You must be in the same directory as the viewed file.)
+
+ ## View DVI output
+ xdvi cc-mode.dvi &
+
+ ## View HTML output
+ mozilla cc-mode.html
+@end ignore
+
@comment No overfull hbox marks in the dvi file.
@finalout
@settitle CC Mode Manual
@footnotestyle end
+@c The following four macros generate the filenames and titles of the
+@c main (X)Emacs manual and the Elisp/Lispref manual. Leave the
+@c Texinfo variable `XEMACS' unset to generate a GNU Emacs version, set it
+@c to generate an XEmacs version, e.g. with
+@c "makeinfo -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi".
+@ifset XEMACS
+@macro emacsman
+xemacs
+@end macro
+@macro emacsmantitle
+XEmacs User's Manual
+@end macro
+@macro lispref
+lispref
+@end macro
+@macro lispreftitle
+XEmacs Lisp Reference Manual
+@end macro
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear XEMACS
+@macro emacsman
+emacs
+@end macro
+@macro emacsmantitle
+GNU Emacs Manual
+@end macro
+@macro lispref
+elisp
+@end macro
+@macro lispreftitle
+GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual
+@end macro
+@end ifclear
+
+
+@macro ccmode
+CC Mode
+@end macro
+
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment @setchapternewpage odd !! we don't want blank pages !!
@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region)
@comment Authors:
@comment Barry A. Warsaw
@comment Martin Stjernholm
+@comment Alan Mackenzie
@comment
-@comment Maintained by Martin Stjernholm <bug-cc-mode@gnu.org>
+@comment Maintained by Martin Stjernholm and Alan Mackenzie <bug-cc-mode@gnu.org>
@comment
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment Define an index for syntactic symbols.
-@ifnottex
+@ifnottex @c In texi2dvi, the @defindex would create an empty cc-mode.ss
+ @c For Info, unlike tex, @syncodeindex needs a matching @defindex.
@defindex ss
@end ifnottex
This manual is for CC Mode in Emacs.
Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@quotation
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
Invariant Sections being ``The GNU Manifesto'', ``Distribution'' and
``GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE'', with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU
@titlepage
@sp 10
-@center @titlefont{CC Mode 5.30}
+@center @titlefont{CC Mode 5.31}
@sp 2
@center @subtitlefont{A GNU Emacs mode for editing C and C-like languages}
@sp 2
-@center Barry A. Warsaw, Martin Stjernholm, Alan Mackenzie (AWK support)
+@center Barry A. Warsaw, Martin Stjernholm, Alan Mackenzie
@page
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@insertcopying
+
+This manual was generated from $Revision: 1.36 $ of $RCSfile: cc-mode.texi,v $, which can be
+downloaded from
+@url{http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/emacs/emacs/man/cc-mode.texi}.
@end titlepage
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@macro ccmode
-CC Mode
-@end macro
-
@ifinfo
@top @ccmode{}
@ccmode{} is a GNU Emacs mode for editing files containing C, C++,
Objective-C, Java, CORBA IDL (and the variants PSDL and CIDL), Pike
-code and to a certain extent, AWK code @xref{AWK Mode}. It provides
-syntax-based indentation, font locking, and has several handy commands
-and some minor modes to make the editing easier. It does not provide
-tools to look up and navigate between functions, classes etc - there are
-other packages for that.
+and AWK code. It provides syntax-based indentation, font locking, and
+has several handy commands and some minor modes to make the editing
+easier. It does not provide tools to look up and navigate between
+functions, classes etc - there are other packages for that.
@end ifinfo
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@menu
-* Introduction::
-* Getting Connected::
-* Indentation Engine::
-* Minor Modes::
-* Text Filling and Line Breaking::
-* Macro Handling::
-* Font Locking::
-* Commands::
-* Customizing Indentation::
-* Syntactic Symbols::
-* Indentation Functions::
-* AWK Mode::
-* Odds and Ends::
-* Performance Issues::
-* Limitations and Known Bugs::
-* Frequently Asked Questions::
-* Getting the Latest CC Mode Release::
-* Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports::
-* Sample .emacs File::
-
- --- Indices ---
-
-* Command and Function Index::
-* Variable Index::
-* Concept Index::
+* Introduction::
+* Overview::
+* Getting Started::
+* Commands::
+* Font Locking::
+* Config Basics::
+* Custom Filling and Breaking::
+* Custom Auto-newlines::
+* Clean-ups::
+* Indentation Engine Basics::
+* Customizing Indentation::
+* Custom Macros::
+* Odds and Ends::
+* Sample .emacs File::
+* Performance Issues::
+* Limitations and Known Bugs::
+* FAQ::
+* Updating CC Mode::
+* Mailing Lists and Bug Reports::
+* Command and Function Index::
+* Variable Index::
+* Concept and Key Index::
@detailmenu
--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-Indentation Engine
+Commands
-* Syntactic Analysis::
-* Indentation Calculation::
+* Indentation Commands::
+* Comment Commands::
+* Movement Commands::
+* Filling and Breaking::
+* Minor Modes::
+* Electric Keys::
+* Auto-newlines::
+* Hungry WS Deletion::
+* Subword Movement::
+* Other Commands::
-Minor Modes
+Font Locking
-* Auto-newline Insertion::
-* Hungry-deletion of Whitespace::
+* Font Locking Preliminaries::
+* Faces::
+* Doc Comments::
+* AWK Mode Font Locking::
-Font Locking
+Configuration Basics
-* Font Locking Preliminaries::
-* Faces::
-* Documentation Comments::
+* CC Hooks::
+* Style Variables::
+* Styles::
-Auto-newline Insertion
+Styles
-* Hanging Braces::
-* Hanging Colons::
-* Hanging Semicolons and Commas::
-* Other Electric Commands::
-* Clean-ups::
+* Built-in Styles::
+* Choosing a Style::
+* Adding Styles::
+* File Styles::
-Commands
+Customizing Auto-newlines
-* Indentation Commands::
-* Movement Commands::
-* Other Commands::
+* Hanging Braces::
+* Hanging Colons::
+* Hanging Semicolons and Commas::
-Customizing Indentation
+Hanging Braces
-* Interactive Customization::
-* Permanent Customization::
-* Hooks::
-* Styles::
-* Advanced Customizations::
+* Custom Braces::
-Styles
+Indentation Engine Basics
+
+* Syntactic Analysis::
+* Syntactic Symbols::
+* Indentation Calculation::
+
+Syntactic Symbols
-* Built-in Styles::
-* Choosing a Style::
-* Adding Styles::
-* File Styles::
+* Function Symbols::
+* Class Symbols::
+* Conditional Construct Symbols::
+* Switch Statement Symbols::
+* Brace List Symbols::
+* External Scope Symbols::
+* Paren List Symbols::
+* Literal Symbols::
+* Multiline Macro Symbols::
+* Objective-C Method Symbols::
+* Anonymous Class Symbol::
+* Statement Block Symbols::
+* K&R Symbols::
-Advanced Customizations
+Customizing Indentation
+
+* c-offsets-alist::
+* Interactive Customization::
+* Line-Up Functions::
+* Custom Line-Up::
+* Other Indentation::
-* Custom Indentation Functions::
-* Custom Brace and Colon Hanging::
-* Customizing Semicolons and Commas::
-* Other Special Indentations::
+Line-Up Functions
-AWK Mode
+* Brace/Paren Line-Up::
+* List Line-Up::
+* Operator Line-Up::
+* Comment Line-Up::
+* Misc Line-Up::
-* Initialising AWK Mode::
-* AWK Mode Font Locking::
-* AWK Mode Defuns::
@end detailmenu
@end menu
-
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Introduction, Getting Connected, Top, Top
+@node Introduction, Overview, Top, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Introduction
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@cindex BOCM
+@cindex history
+@cindex awk-mode.el
+@cindex c-mode.el
+@cindex c++-mode.el
Welcome to @ccmode{}, a GNU Emacs mode for editing files containing C,
C++, Objective-C, Java, CORBA IDL (and the variants CORBA PSDL and
-CIDL), Pike and to a certain extent, AWK code (@pxref{AWK Mode}). This
-incarnation of the mode is descended from @file{c-mode.el} (also called
-``Boring Old C Mode'' or BOCM @t{:-)}, and @file{c++-mode.el} version 2,
-which Barry has been maintaining since 1992. Late in 1997, Martin
-joined the @ccmode{} Maintainers Team, and implemented the Pike support.
-As of 2000 Martin has taken over as the sole maintainer. @ccmode{} did
-not originally contain the font lock support for its languages --- that
-was added in version 5.30. AWK support was also added in 5.30 by Alan
-Mackenzie.
+CIDL), Pike and AWK code. This incarnation of the mode is descended
+from @file{c-mode.el} (also called ``Boring Old C Mode'' or BOCM
+@t{:-)}, @file{c++-mode.el} version 2, which Barry Warsaw had been
+maintaining since 1992, and @file{awk-mode.el}, a long neglected mode
+in the (X)Emacs base.
+
+Late in 1997, Martin Stjernholm joined Barry on the @ccmode{}
+Maintainers Team, and implemented the Pike support. In 2000 Martin
+took over as the sole maintainer. In 2001 Alan Mackenzie joined the
+team, implementing AWK support in version 5.30. @ccmode{} did not
+originally contain the font lock support for its languages --- that
+was added in version 5.30.
This manual describes @ccmode{}
-@comment The following line must appear on its own, so that the automated
-version 5.30.
+@comment The following line must appear on its own, so that the
+version 5.31.
@comment Release.py script can update the version number automatically
@ccmode{} supports the editing of K&R and ANSI C, C++, Objective-C,
@findex idl-mode
@findex pike-mode
@findex awk-mode
-Note that the name of this package is ``@ccmode{},'' but there is no top
+Note that the name of this package is ``@ccmode{}'', but there is no top
level @code{cc-mode} entry point. All of the variables, commands, and
functions in @ccmode{} are prefixed with @code{c-@var{thing}}, and
@code{c-mode}, @code{c++-mode}, @code{objc-mode}, @code{java-mode},
provided. This package is intended to be a replacement for
@file{c-mode.el}, @file{c++-mode.el} and @file{awk-mode.el}.
-@c @cindex @file{cc-compat.el} file
-@c This distribution also contains a file
-@c called @file{cc-compat.el} which should ease your transition from BOCM
-@c to @ccmode{}. If you have a BOCM configuration you are really happy
-@c with, and want to postpone learning how to configure @ccmode{}, take a
-@c look at that file. It maps BOCM configuration variables to @ccmode{}'s
-@c indentation model. It is not actively supported so for the long run,
-@c you should learn how to customize @ccmode{} to support your coding
-@c style.
-
A special word of thanks goes to Krishna Padmasola for his work in
-converting the original @file{README} file to Texinfo format. I'd also
-like to thank all the @ccmode{} victims who help enormously during the
-early beta stages of @ccmode{}'s development.
+converting the original @file{README} file to Texinfo format. I'd
+also like to thank all the @ccmode{} victims who help enormously
+during the early beta stages of @ccmode{}'s development.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Overview, Getting Started, Introduction, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up@cindex organization of the manual
+@chapter Overview of the Manual
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Getting Connected, Indentation Engine, Introduction, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Getting Connected
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-
-If you got this version of @ccmode{} with Emacs or XEmacs, it should
-work just fine right out of the box. Note however that you may not have
-the latest @ccmode{} release and may want to upgrade your copy.
+@noindent
+The manual starts with several introductory chapters (including this
+one).
-If you are upgrading an existing @ccmode{} installation, please see the
-@file{README} file for installation details. @ccmode{} may not work
-with older versions of Emacs or XEmacs. See the @ccmode{} release notes
-at @uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net} for the latest information on
-Emacs version and package compatibility (@pxref{Getting the Latest CC
-Mode Release}).
+@noindent
+The next chunk of the manual describes the day to day @emph{use} of
+@ccmode{} (as contrasted with how to customize it).
-@deffn Command c-version
-@findex version (c-)
-You can find out what version of @ccmode{} you are using by visiting a C
-file and entering @kbd{M-x c-version RET}. You should see this message in
-the echo area:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The chapter ``Commands'' describes in detail how to use (nearly) all
+of @ccmode{}'s features. There are extensive cross-references from
+here to the corresponding sections later in the manual which tell you
+how to customize these features.
-@example
-Using CC Mode version 5.XX
-@end example
+@item
+``Font Locking'' describes how ``syntax highlighting'' is applied to
+your buffers. It is mainly background information and can be skipped
+over at a first reading.
+@end itemize
@noindent
-where @samp{XX} is the minor release number.
-@end deffn
+The next chunk of the manual describes how to @emph{customize}
+@ccmode{}. Typically, an overview of a topic is given at the chapter
+level, then the sections and subsections describe the material in
+increasing detail.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The chapter ``Configuration Basics'' tells you @emph{how} to write
+customizations - whether in hooks, in styles, in both, or in neither,
+depending on your needs. It describes the @ccmode{} style system and
+lists the standard styles that @ccmode{} supplies.
+@item
+The next few chapters describe in detail how to customize the various
+features of @ccmode{}.
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Indentation Engine, Minor Modes, Getting Connected, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Indentation Engine
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@item
+Finally, there is a sample @file{.emacs} fragment, which might help you
+in creating your own customization.
+@end itemize
-@ccmode{} has an indentation engine that provides a flexible and general
-mechanism for customizing indentation. It separates indentation
-calculation into two steps: first, @ccmode{} analyzes the line of code
-being indented to determine the kind of language construct it's looking
-at, then it applies user defined offsets to the current line based on
-this analysis.
+@noindent
+The manual ends with ``this and that'', things that don't fit cleanly
+into any of the previous chunks.
-This section will briefly cover how indentation is calculated in
-@ccmode{}. It is important to understand the indentation model being
-used so that you will know how to customize @ccmode{} for your personal
-coding style. All the details are in @ref{Customizing Indentation}, and
-later chapters.
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Two chapters discuss the performance of @ccmode{} and known
+bugs/limitations.
-@defopt c-syntactic-indentation
-@vindex syntactic-indentation (c-)
-Syntactic analysis for indentation is done when this is non-@code{nil}
-(which is the default). When it's @code{nil} every line is just
-indented to the same level as the previous one, and @kbd{TAB}
-(@code{c-indent-command}) adjusts the indentation in steps of
-@code{c-basic-offset}. The indentation style has no effect, nor any of
-the indentation associated variables, e.g., @code{c-special-indent-hook}.
-@end defopt
+@item
+The FAQ contains a list of common problems and questions.
-@menu
-* Syntactic Analysis::
-* Indentation Calculation::
-@end menu
+@item
+The next two chapters tell you how to get in touch with the @ccmode{}
+project - whether for updating @ccmode{} or submitting bug reports.
+@end itemize
+@noindent
+Finally, there are the customary indices.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Syntactic Analysis, Indentation Calculation, , Indentation Engine
+@node Getting Started, Commands, Overview, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Syntactic Analysis
-@cindex syntactic analysis
+@chapter Getting Started
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@cindex relative buffer position
-@cindex syntactic symbols
-@cindex syntactic component
-@cindex syntactic component list
-The first thing @ccmode{} does when indenting a line of code, is to
-analyze the line, determining the @dfn{syntactic component list} of the
-construct on that line. A syntactic component consists of a pair of
-elements (in lisp parlance, a @emph{cons cell}), the first being
-a @dfn{syntactic symbol}, the second being a @dfn{relative
-buffer position}. Syntactic symbols describe elements of C code
-@footnote{Unless otherwise noted, the term ``C code'' refers to all
-the C-like languages.}, e.g., @code{statement}, @code{substatement},
-@code{class-open}, @code{class-close}, etc. @xref{Syntactic Symbols},
-for a complete list of currently recognized syntactic symbols and their
-semantics. The style variable @code{c-offsets-alist} also contains the
-list of currently supported syntactic symbols.
-
-Conceptually, a line of C code is always indented relative to the
-indentation of some line higher up in the buffer. This is represented
-by the relative buffer position in the syntactic component.
+If you got this version of @ccmode{} with Emacs or XEmacs, it should
+work just fine right out of the box. Note however that you might not
+have the latest @ccmode{} release and might want to upgrade your copy
+(see below).
-Here is an example. Suppose we had the following code as the only thing
-in a C++ buffer @footnote{The line numbers in this and future examples
-don't actually appear in the buffer, of course!}:
+You should probably start by reading the entire chapter
+@ref{Commands} to get an overview of @ccmode{}'s capabilities.
-@example
- 1: void swap( int& a, int& b )
- 2: @{
- 3: int tmp = a;
- 4: a = b;
- 5: b = tmp;
- 6: @}
-@end example
+After trying out some commands, you may dislike some aspects of
+@ccmode{}'s default configuration. Here is an outline of how to
+change some of the settings that newcomers to @ccmode{} most often
+want to change:
-@kindex C-c C-s
-@findex c-show-syntactic-information
-@findex show-syntactic-information (c-)
-We can use the command @kbd{C-c C-s} (bound to
-@code{c-show-syntactic-information}) to simply report what the
-syntactic analysis is for the current line. Running this command on
-line 4 of this example, we'd see in the echo area@footnote{With a
-universal argument (i.e., @kbd{C-u C-c C-s}) the analysis is inserted
-into the buffer as a comment on the current line.}:
+@table @asis
+@item c-basic-offset
+This Lisp variable holds an integer, the number of columns @ccmode{}
+indents nested code. To set this value to 6, customize
+@code{c-basic-offset} or put this into your @file{.emacs}:
@example
-((statement 35))
+(setq c-basic-offset 6)
@end example
-This tells us that the line is a statement and it is indented relative
-to buffer position 35, which happens to be the @samp{i} in @code{int} on
-line 3. If you were to move point to line 3 and hit @kbd{C-c C-s}, you
-would see:
+@item The (indentation) style
+The basic ``shape'' of indentation created by @ccmode{}---by default,
+this is @code{gnu} style (except for Java and AWK buffers). A list of
+the availables styles and their descriptions can be found in
+@ref{Built-in Styles}. A complete specification of the @ccmode{}
+style system, including how to create your own style, can be found in
+the chapter @ref{Styles}. To set your style to @code{linux}, either
+customize @code{c-default-style} or put this into your @file{.emacs}:
@example
-((defun-block-intro 29))
+(setq c-default-style '((java-mode . "java")
+ (awk-mode . "awk")
+ (other . "linux")))
@end example
-This indicates that the @samp{int} line is the first statement in a top
-level function block, and is indented relative to buffer position 29,
-which is the brace just after the function header.
-
-Here's another example:
+@item Electric Indentation
+Normally, when you type ``punctuation'' characters such as @samp{;} or
+@samp{@{}, @ccmode{} instantly reindents the current line. This can
+be disconcerting until you get used to it. To disable @dfn{electric
+indentation} in the current buffer, type @kbd{C-c C-l}. Type the same
+thing to enable it again. To have electric indentation disabled by
+default, put the following into your @file{.emacs} file@footnote{There
+is no ``easy customization'' facility for making this change.}:
@example
- 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
- 2: @{
- 3: if( doit )
- 4: @{
- 5: return( val + incr );
- 6: @}
- 7: return( val );
- 8: @}
+(setq-default c-electric-flag nil)
@end example
@noindent
-Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 4 gives us:
+Details of of this and other similar ``Minor Modes'' appear in the
+section @ref{Minor Modes}.
+
+@item Making the @key{RET} key indent the new line
+The standard Emacs binding for @key{RET} just adds a new line. If you
+want it to reindent the new line as well, rebind the key. Note that
+the action of rebinding will fail if the pertinent keymap doesn't yet
+exist---we thus need to delay the action until after @ccmode{} has
+been loaded. Put the following code into your @file{.emacs}:
@example
-((substatement-open 46))
+(defun my-make-CR-do-indent ()
+ (define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break))
+(add-hook 'c-initialization-hook 'my-make-CR-do-indent)
@end example
-@cindex substatement
-@cindex substatement block
@noindent
-which tells us that this is a brace that @emph{opens} a substatement
-block. @footnote{A @dfn{substatement} is the line after a
-conditional statement, such as @code{if}, @code{else}, @code{while},
-@code{do}, @code{switch}, etc. A @dfn{substatement
-block} is a brace block following one of these conditional statements.}
+This example demonstrates the use of a very powerful @ccmode{} (and
+Emacs) facility, the hook. The use of @ccmode{}'s hooks is described
+in @ref{CC Hooks}.
+@end table
-@cindex comment-only line
-Syntactic component lists can contain more than one component, and
-individual syntactic components need not have relative buffer positions.
-The most common example of this is a line that contains a @dfn{comment
-only line}.
+All these settings should occur in your @file{.emacs} @emph{before}
+any @ccmode{} buffers get loaded---in particular, before any call of
+@code{desktop-read}.
-@example
- 1: void draw_list( List<Drawables>& drawables )
- 2: @{
- 3: // call the virtual draw() method on each element in list
- 4: for( int i=0; i < drawables.count(), ++i )
- 5: @{
- 6: drawables[i].draw();
- 7: @}
- 8: @}
-@end example
+As you get to know the mode better, you may want to make more
+ambitious changes to your configuration. For this, you should start
+reading the chapter @ref{Config Basics}.
-@noindent
-Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 3 of this example gives:
+If you are upgrading an existing @ccmode{} installation, please see
+the @file{README} file for installation details. In particular, if
+you are going to be editing AWK files, @file{README} describes how to
+configure your (X)Emacs so that @ccmode{} will supersede the obsolete
+@code{awk-mode.el} which might have been supplied with your (X)Emacs.
+@ccmode{} might not work with older versions of Emacs or XEmacs. See
+the @ccmode{} release notes at @uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net}
+for the latest information on Emacs version and package compatibility
+(@pxref{Updating CC Mode}).
+
+@deffn Command c-version
+@findex version (c-)
+You can find out what version of @ccmode{} you are using by visiting a C
+file and entering @kbd{M-x c-version RET}. You should see this message in
+the echo area:
@example
-((comment-intro) (defun-block-intro 46))
+Using CC Mode version 5.XX
@end example
@noindent
-and you can see that the syntactic component list contains two syntactic
-components. Also notice that the first component,
-@samp{(comment-intro)} has no relative buffer position.
-
+where @samp{XX} is the minor release number.
+@end deffn
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Indentation Calculation, , Syntactic Analysis, Indentation Engine
+@node Commands, Font Locking, Getting Started, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Indentation Calculation
-@cindex indentation
+@chapter Commands
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-Indentation for a line is calculated using the syntactic
-component list derived in step 1 above (@pxref{Syntactic Analysis}).
-Each component contributes to the final total indentation of the line in
-two ways.
-
-First, the syntactic symbols are looked up in the @code{c-offsets-alist}
-style variable, which is an association list of syntactic symbols and
-the offsets to apply for those symbols. These offsets are added to a
-running total.
-
-Second, if the component has a relative buffer position, @ccmode{}
-adds the column number of that position to the running total. By adding
-up the offsets and columns for every syntactic component on the list,
-the final total indentation for the current line is computed.
-
-Let's use our two code examples above to see how this works. Here is
-our first example again:
-
-@example
- 1: void swap( int& a, int& b )
- 2: @{
- 3: int tmp = a;
- 4: a = b;
- 5: b = tmp;
- 6: @}
-@end example
-
-Let's say point is on line 3 and we hit the @kbd{TAB} key to reindent
-the line. Remember that the syntactic component list for that
-line is:
-
-@example
-((defun-block-intro 29))
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-@ccmode{} looks up @code{defun-block-intro} in the
-@code{c-offsets-alist} style variable. Let's say it finds the value
-@samp{4}; it adds this to the running total (initialized to zero),
-yielding a running total indentation of 4 spaces.
-
-Next @ccmode{} goes to buffer position 29 and asks for the current
-column. This brace is in column zero, so @ccmode{}
-adds @samp{0} to the running total. Since there is only one syntactic
-component on the list for this line, indentation calculation is
-complete, and the total indentation for the line
-is 4 spaces.
-
-Here's another example:
-
-@example
- 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
- 2: @{
- 3: if( doit )
- 4: @{
- 5: return( val + incr );
- 6: @}
- 7: return( val );
- 8: @}
-@end example
-
-If we were to hit @kbd{TAB} on line 4 in the above example, the same
-basic process is performed, despite the differences in the syntactic
-component list. Remember that the list for this line is:
-
-@example
-((substatement-open 46))
-@end example
-
-Here, @ccmode{} first looks up the @code{substatement-open} symbol
-in @code{c-offsets-alist}. Let's say it finds the value @samp{4}. This
-yields a running total of 4. @ccmode{} then goes to
-buffer position 46, which is the @samp{i} in @code{if} on line 3. This
-character is in the fourth column on that line so adding this to the
-running total yields an indentation for the line of 8 spaces.
-
-Simple, huh?
+This chapter specifies all of CC Mode's commands, and thus contains
+nearly everything you need to know to @emph{use} @ccmode{} (as
+contrasted with configuring it). @dfn{Commands} here means both
+control key sequences and @dfn{electric keys}, these being characters
+such as @samp{;} which, as well as inserting themselves into the
+buffer, also do other things.
-Actually, the mode usually just does The Right Thing without you having
-to think about it in this much detail. But when customizing
-indentation, it's helpful to understand the general indentation model
-being used.
+You might well want to review
+@ifset XEMACS
+@ref{Lists,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}},
+@end ifset
+@ifclear XEMACS
+@ref{Moving by Parens,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}},
+@end ifclear
+which describes commands for moving around brace and parenthesis
+structures.
-As you configure @ccmode{}, you might want to set the variable
-@code{c-echo-syntactic-information-p} to non-@code{nil} so that the
-syntactic component list and calculated offset will always be echoed in
-the minibuffer when you hit @kbd{TAB}.
+@menu
+* Indentation Commands::
+* Comment Commands::
+* Movement Commands::
+* Filling and Breaking::
+* Minor Modes::
+* Electric Keys::
+* Auto-newlines::
+* Hungry WS Deletion::
+* Subword Movement::
+* Other Commands::
+@end menu
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Minor Modes, Text Filling and Line Breaking, Indentation Engine, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Minor Modes
+@node Indentation Commands, Comment Commands, Commands, Commands
+@comment node-name, next, previous,up
+@section Indentation Commands
+@cindex indentation
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@ccmode{} contains two minor-mode-like features that you should
-find useful while entering new C code. The first is called
-@dfn{auto-newline} mode, and the second is called @dfn{hungry-delete}
-mode. These minor modes can be toggled on and off independently, and
-@ccmode{} can be configured so that it starts up with any
-combination of these minor modes. By default, both of these minor modes
-are turned off.
+The following commands reindent C constructs. Note that when you
+change your coding style, either interactively or through some other
+means, your file does @emph{not} automatically get reindented. You
+will need to execute one of the following commands to see the effects
+of your changes.
-The state of the minor modes is always reflected in the minor mode list
-on the modeline of the @ccmode{} buffer. When auto-newline mode is
-enabled, you will see @samp{C/a} on the mode line@footnote{The @samp{C}
-would be replaced with the name of the language in question for the
-other languages @ccmode{} supports.}. When hungry delete mode is
-enabled you will see @samp{C/h} and if both modes were enabled, you'd
-see @samp{C/ah}.
+@cindex GNU indent program
+Also, variables like @code{c-hanging-*} and @code{c-cleanup-list}
+(@pxref{Custom Auto-newlines}) only affect how on-the-fly code is
+formatted. Changing the ``hanginess'' of a brace and then
+reindenting, will not move the brace to a different line. For this,
+you're better off getting an external program like GNU @code{indent},
+which will rearrange brace location, amongst other things.
-@kindex C-c C-a
-@kindex C-c C-d
-@kindex C-c C-t
-@findex c-toggle-hungry-state
-@findex c-toggle-auto-state
-@findex c-toggle-auto-hungry-state
-@findex toggle-hungry-state (c-)
-@findex toggle-auto-state (c-)
-@findex toggle-auto-hungry-state (c-)
-@ccmode{} provides key bindings which allow you to toggle the minor
-modes on the fly while editing code. To toggle just the auto-newline
-state, hit @kbd{C-c C-a} (bound to @code{c-toggle-auto-state}). When
-you do this, you should see the @samp{a} indicator either appear or
-disappear on the modeline. Similarly, to toggle just the
-hungry-delete state, use @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{c-toggle-hungry-state}),
-and to toggle both states, use @kbd{C-c C-t}
-(@code{c-toggle-auto-hungry-state}).
-
-To set up the auto-newline and hungry-delete states to your preferred
-values, you would need to add some lisp to your @file{.emacs} file that
-called one of the @code{c-toggle-*-state} functions directly. When
-called programmatically, each function takes a numeric value, where
-a positive number enables the minor mode, a negative number disables the
-mode, and zero toggles the current state of the mode.
-
-So for example, if you wanted to enable both auto-newline and
-hungry-delete for all your C file editing, you could add the following
-to your @file{.emacs} file:
+Preprocessor directives are handled as syntactic whitespace from other
+code, i.e. they can be interspersed anywhere without affecting the
+indentation of the surrounding code, just like comments.
-@example
-(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook
- (lambda () (c-toggle-auto-hungry-state 1)))
-@end example
+The code inside macro definitions is, by default, still analyzed
+syntactically so that you get relative indentation there just as you'd
+get if the same code was outside a macro. However, since there is no
+hint about the syntactic context, i.e. whether the macro expands to an
+expression, to some statements, or perhaps to whole functions, the
+syntactic recognition can be wrong. @ccmode{} manages to figure it
+out correctly most of the time, though.
-@menu
-* Auto-newline Insertion::
-* Hungry-deletion of Whitespace::
-@end menu
+Reindenting large sections of code can take a long time. When
+@ccmode{} reindents a region of code, it is essentially equivalent to
+hitting @key{TAB} on every line of the region.
+These commands indent code:
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Auto-newline Insertion, Hungry-deletion of Whitespace, , Minor Modes
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Auto-newline Insertion
-@cindex auto-newline
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{c-indent-command})
+@kindex TAB
+@findex c-indent-command
+@findex indent-command (c-)
+This command indents the current line. That is all you need to know
+about it for normal use.
-@cindex electric characters
-Auto-newline minor mode works by enabling certain @dfn{electric
-characters}. Special characters such as the left and right braces,
-colons, semicolons, etc., have been made electric to perform some
-magic formatting in addition to inserting the typed character. As a
-general rule, electric characters are only electric when the following
-conditions apply:
+@code{c-indent-command} does different things, depending on the
+settting of @code{c-syntactic-indentation} (@pxref{Indentation Engine
+Basics}):
@itemize @bullet
@item
-Auto-newline minor mode is enabled, as evidenced by a @samp{C/a} or
-@samp{C/ah} indicator on the modeline.
+When it's non-@code{nil} (which it normally is), the command indents
+the line according to its syntactic context. With a prefix argument
+(@kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}), it will re-indent the entire
+expression@footnote{this is only useful for a line starting with a
+comment opener or an opening brace, parenthesis, or string quote.}
+that begins at the line's left margin.
@item
-@cindex literal
-@cindex syntactic whitespace
-The character was not typed inside of a literal @footnote{A
-@dfn{literal} is defined as any comment, string, or preprocessor macro
-definition. These constructs are also known as @dfn{syntactic
-whitespace} since they are usually ignored when scanning C code.}.
+When it's @code{nil}, the command indents the line by an extra
+@code{c-basic-offset} columns. A prefix argument acts as a
+multiplier. A bare prefix (@kbd{C-u @key{TAB}} is equivalent to -1,
+removing @code{c-basic-offset} columns from the indentation.
+@end itemize
+
+The precise behavior is modified by several variables: With
+@code{c-tab-always-indent}, you can make @key{TAB} insert whitespace
+in some circumstances---@code{c-insert-tab-function} then defines
+precisely what sort of ``whitespace'' this will be. Set the standard
+Emacs variable @code{indent-tabs-mode} to @code{t} if you want real
+@samp{tab} characters to be used in the indentation, to @code{nil} if
+you want only spaces. @xref{Just Spaces,,, @emacsman{},
+@emacsmantitle{}}.
+@defopt c-tab-always-indent
+@vindex tab-always-indent (c-)
+@cindex literal
+This variable modifies how @key{TAB} operates.
+@itemize @bullet
@item
-No numeric argument was supplied to the command (i.e., it was typed as
-normal, with no @kbd{C-u} prefix).
+When it is @code{t} (the default), @key{TAB} simply indents the
+current line.
+@item
+When it is @code{nil}, @key{TAB} (re)indents the line only if point is
+to the left of the first non-whitespace character on the line.
+Otherwise it inserts some whitespace (a tab or an equivalent number of
+spaces - see below) at point.
+@item
+With some other value, the line is reindented. Additionally, if point
+is within a string or comment, some whitespace is inserted.
@end itemize
+@end defopt
-@menu
-* Hanging Braces::
-* Hanging Colons::
-* Hanging Semicolons and Commas::
-* Other Electric Commands::
-* Clean-ups::
-@end menu
+@defopt c-insert-tab-function
+@vindex insert-tab-function (c-)
+@findex tab-to-tab-stop
+When ``some whitespace'' is inserted as described above, what actually
+happens is that the function stored in @code{c-insert-tab-function} is
+called. Normally, this is @code{insert-tab}, which inserts a real tab
+character or the equivalent number of spaces (depending on
+@code{indent-tabs-mode}). Some people, however, set
+@code{c-insert-tab-function} to @code{tab-to-tab-stop} so as to get
+hard tab stops when indenting.
+@end defopt
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+The kind of indentation the next five commands do depends on the
+setting of @code{c-syntactic-indentation} (@pxref{Indentation Engine
+Basics}):
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+when it is non-@code{nil} (the default), the commands indent lines
+according to their syntactic context;
+@item
+when it is @code{nil}, they just indent each line the same amount as
+the previous non-blank line. The commands that indent a region aren't
+very useful in this case.
+@end itemize
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-j} (@code{newline-and-indent})
+@kindex C-j
+@findex newline-and-indent
+Inserts a newline and indents the new blank line, ready to start
+typing. This is a standard (X)Emacs command.
+
+@item @kbd{C-M-q} (@code{c-indent-exp})
+@kindex C-M-q
+@findex c-indent-exp
+@findex indent-exp (c-)
+Indents an entire balanced brace or parenthesis expression. Note that
+point must be on the opening brace or parenthesis of the expression
+you want to indent.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{c-indent-defun})
+@kindex C-c C-q
+@findex c-indent-defun
+@findex indent-defun (c-)
+Indents the entire top-level function, class or macro definition
+encompassing point. It leaves point unchanged. This function can't be
+used to reindent a nested brace construct, such as a nested class or
+function, or a Java method. The top-level construct being reindented
+must be complete, i.e. it must have both a beginning brace and an ending
+brace.
+@item @kbd{C-M-\} (@code{indent-region})
+@kindex C-M-\
+@findex indent-region
+Indents an arbitrary region of code. This is a standard Emacs command,
+tailored for C code in a @ccmode{} buffer. Note, of course, that point
+and mark must delineate the region you want to indent.
+
+@item @kbd{C-M-h} (@code{c-mark-function})
+@kindex C-M-h
+@findex c-mark-function
+@findex mark-function (c-)
+While not strictly an indentation command, this is useful for marking
+the current top-level function or class definition as the current
+region. As with @code{c-indent-defun}, this command operates on
+top-level constructs, and can't be used to mark say, a Java method.
+@end table
+
+These variables are also useful when indenting code:
+
+@defopt indent-tabs-mode
+This is a standard Emacs variable that controls how line indentation
+is composed. When it's non-@code{nil}, tabs can be used in a line's
+indentation, otherwise only spaces are used.
+@end defopt
+
+@defopt c-progress-interval
+@vindex progress-interval (c-)
+When indenting large regions of code, this variable controls how often a
+progress message is displayed. Set this variable to @code{nil} to
+inhibit the progress messages, or set it to an integer which is how
+often (in seconds) progress messages are to be displayed.
+@end defopt
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Hanging Braces, Hanging Colons, , Auto-newline Insertion
+@node Comment Commands, Movement Commands, Indentation Commands, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Hanging Braces
-@cindex hanging braces
+@section Comment Commands
+@cindex comments (insertion of)
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@findex c-electric-brace
-@findex electric-brace (c-)
-@kindex @{
-@kindex @}
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{comment-region})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex comment-region
+This command comments out the lines that start in the region. With a
+negative argument, it does the opposite - it deletes the comment
+delimiters from these lines. @xref{Multi-Line Comments,,, emacs, GNU
+Emacs Manual}, for fuller details. @code{comment-region} isn't
+actually part of @ccmode{} - it is given a @ccmode{} binding for
+convenience.
+
+@item @kbd{M-;} (@code{comment-dwim} or @code{indent-for-comment} @footnote{The name of this command varies between (X)Emacs versions.})
+@kindex M-;
+@findex comment-dwim
+@findex indent-for-comment
+Insert a comment at the end of the current line, if none is there
+already. Then reindent the comment according to @code{comment-column}
+@ifclear XEMACS
+(@pxref{Options for Comments,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual})
+@end ifclear
+@ifset XEMACS
+(@pxref{Comments,,, xemacs, XEmacs User's Manual})
+@end ifset
+and the variables below. Finally, position the point after the
+comment starter. @kbd{C-u M-;} kills any comment on the current line,
+together with any whitespace before it. This is a standard Emacs
+command, but @ccmode{} enhances it a bit with two variables:
-When you type either an open or close brace (i.e., @kbd{@{} or @kbd{@}}),
-the electric command @code{c-electric-brace} gets run. This command has
-two electric formatting behaviors. First, it will perform some
-reindentation of the line the brace was typed on, and second, it will
-add various newlines before and/or after the typed brace.
-Reindentation occurs automatically whenever the electric behavior is
-enabled. If the brace ends up on a line other than the one it was typed
-on, then that line is also reindented.
+@defopt c-indent-comment-alist
+@vindex indent-comment-alist (c-)
+@vindex comment-column
+This style variable allows you to vary the column that @kbd{M-;} puts
+the comment at, depending on what sort of code is on the line, and
+possibly the indentation of any similar comment on the preceding line.
+It is an association list that maps different types of lines to
+actions describing how they should be handled. If a certain line type
+isn't present on the list then the line is indented to the column
+specified by @code{comment-column}.
-The default in auto-newline mode is to insert newlines both before and
-after a brace, but that can be controlled by the
-@code{c-hanging-braces-alist} style variable.
+See the documentation string for for a full description of this
+variable (use @kbd{C-h v c-indent-comment-alist}).
+@end defopt
-@defopt c-hanging-braces-alist
-@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-)
+@defopt c-indent-comments-syntactically-p
+@vindex indent-comments-syntactically-p (c-)
+Normally, when this style variable is @code{nil}, @kbd{M-;} will
+indent comment-only lines according to @code{c-indent-comment-alist},
+just as it does with lines where other code precede the comments.
+However, if you want it to act just like @key{TAB} for comment-only
+lines you can get that by setting
+@code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} to non-@code{nil}.
-This variable contains a mapping between syntactic symbols related to
-braces, and a list of places to insert a newline. The syntactic symbols
-that are useful for this list are @code{brace-list-intro},
-@code{statement-cont}, @code{inexpr-class-open},
-@code{inexpr-class-close}, and all the @code{*-open} and @code{*-close}
-symbols. @xref{Syntactic Symbols}, for a more detailed description of
-these syntactic symbols, except for @code{inexpr-class-open} and
-@code{inexpr-class-close}, which aren't actual syntactic symbols.
+If @code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} is non-@code{nil} then
+@code{c-indent-comment-alist} won't be consulted at all for comment-only
+lines.
+@end defopt
+@end table
-The braces of anonymous inner classes in Java are given the special
-symbols @code{inexpr-class-open} and @code{inexpr-class-close}, so that
-they can be distinguished from the braces of normal classes@footnote{The
-braces of anonymous classes produce a combination of
-@code{inexpr-class}, and @code{class-open} or @code{class-close} in
-normal indentation analysis.}.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Movement Commands, Filling and Breaking, Comment Commands, Commands
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Movement Commands
+@cindex movement
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-Note that the aggregate constructs in Pike mode, @samp{(@{}, @samp{@})},
-@samp{([}, @samp{])}, and @samp{(<}, @samp{>)}, do not count as brace
-lists in this regard, even though they do for normal indentation
-purposes. It's currently not possible to set automatic newlines on
-these constructs.
+@ccmode{} contains some useful commands for moving around in C code.
-The value associated with each syntactic symbol in this association list
-is called an @var{action}, which can be either a function or a list.
-@xref{Custom Brace and Colon Hanging}, for a more detailed discussion of
-using a function as a brace hanging @var{action}.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x c-beginning-of-defun}
+@itemx @kbd{M-x c-end-of-defun}
+@findex c-beginning-of-defun
+@findex c-end-of-defun
+@findex beginning-of-defun (c-)
+@findex end-of-defun (c-)
+@findex beginning-of-defun
+@findex end-of-defun
+Move to the start or end of the current top-level definition. This is
+the outermost brace pair which encloses point, together with the
+function header or similar preamble which precedes the opening brace.
+These functions are analogous to the Emacs built-in commands
+@code{beginning-of-defun} and @code{end-of-defun}, except they
+eliminate the constraint that the top-level opening brace of the defun
+must be in column zero. See @ref{Defuns,,,@emacsman{},
+@emacsmantitle{}}, for more information.
+
+Depending on the coding style you're using, you might prefer these two
+commands to the standard Emacs ones. If so, consider binding them to
+@kbd{C-M-a} and @kbd{C-M-e}. @xref{Sample .emacs File}. This
+customization won't affect the special bindings for these key
+sequences in force in AWK Mode. For backwards compatibility reasons,
+the default bindings for @kbd{C-M-a} and @kbd{C-M-e} remain in effect.
+
+@item @kbd{C-M-a} (AWK Mode) (@code{c-awk-beginning-of-defun})
+@itemx @kbd{C-M-e} (AWK Mode) (@code{c-awk-end-of-defun})
+@kindex C-M-a (AWK Mode)
+@kindex C-M-e (AWK Mode)
+@findex c-awk-beginning-of-defun
+@findex awk-beginning-of-defun (c-)
+@findex c-awk-end-of-defun
+@findex awk-end-of-defun (c-)
+Move back to the beginning or forward to the end of the current AWK
+defun. These functions are bound to @kbd{C-M-a} and @kbd{C-M-e} by
+default in AWK Mode. They can take prefix-arguments, their
+functionality being entirely equivalent to @code{beginning-of-defun}
+and @code{end-of-defun}.
-When the @var{action} is a list, it can contain any combination of the
-symbols @code{before} and @code{after}, directing @ccmode{} where to
-put newlines in relationship to the brace being inserted. Thus, if the
-list contains only the symbol @code{after}, then the brace is said to
-@dfn{hang} on the right side of the line, as in:
+AWK Mode @dfn{defuns} are either pattern/action pairs (either of which
+might be implicit) or user defined functions. Having the @samp{@{} and
+@samp{@}} (if there are any) in column zero, as is suggested for some
+modes, is neither necessary nor helpful in AWK mode.
-@example
-// here, open braces always `hang'
-void spam( int i ) @{
- if( i == 7 ) @{
- dosomething(i);
- @}
-@}
-@end example
+@item @kbd{M-a} (@code{c-beginning-of-statement})
+@itemx @kbd{M-e} (@code{c-end-of-statement})
+@kindex M-a
+@kindex M-e
+@findex c-beginning-of-statement
+@findex c-end-of-statement
+@findex beginning-of-statement (c-)
+@findex end-of-statement (c-)
+Move to the beginning or end of the innermost C statement. If point
+is already there, move to the next beginning or end of a statement,
+even if that means moving into a block. (Use @kbd{C-M-b} or
+@kbd{C-M-f} to move over a balanced block.) A prefix argument @var{n}
+means move over @var{n} statements.
-When the list contains both @code{after} and @code{before}, the braces
-will appear on a line by themselves, as shown by the close braces in the
-above example. The list can also be empty, in which case no newlines
-are added either before or after the brace.
+If point is within or next to a comment or a string which spans more
+than one line, these commands move by sentences instead of statements.
-If a syntactic symbol is missing entirely from
-@code{c-hanging-braces-alist}, it's treated in the same way as an
-@var{action} with a list containing @code{before} and @code{after}, so
-that braces by default end up on their own line.
+When called from a program, these functions take three optional
+arguments: the repetition count, a buffer position limit which is the
+farthest back to search for the syntactic context, and a flag saying
+whether to do sentence motion in or near comments and multiline
+strings.
-For example, the default value of @code{c-hanging-braces-alist} is:
+@item @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{c-up-conditional})
+@kindex C-c C-u
+@findex c-up-conditional
+@findex up-conditional (c-)
+Move back to the containing preprocessor conditional, leaving the mark
+behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a negative
+argument, move forward to the end of the containing preprocessor
+conditional.
-@example
-((brace-list-open)
- (brace-entry-open)
- (statement-cont)
- (substatement-open after)
- (block-close . c-snug-do-while)
- (extern-lang-open after)
- (inexpr-class-open after)
- (inexpr-class-close before))
-@end example
+@samp{#elif} is treated like @samp{#else} followed by @samp{#if}, so the
+function stops at them when going backward, but not when going
+forward.
-@noindent which says that @code{brace-list-open},
-@code{brace-entry-open} and @code{statement-cont}@footnote{Brace lists
-inside statements, such as initializers for static array variables
-inside functions in C, are recognized as @code{statement-cont}. All
-normal substatement blocks are recognized with other symbols.} braces
-should both hang on the right side and allow subsequent text to follow
-on the same line as the brace. Also, @code{substatement-open},
-@code{extern-lang-open}, and @code{inexpr-class-open} braces should hang
-on the right side, but subsequent text should follow on the next line.
-The opposite holds for @code{inexpr-class-close} braces; they won't
-hang, but the following text continues on the same line. Here, in the
-@code{block-close} entry, you also see an example of using a function as
-an @var{action}. In all other cases, braces are put on a line by
-themselves.
-@end defopt
+This key sequence is not bound in AWK Mode, which doesn't have
+preprocessor statements.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x c-up-conditional-with-else}
+@findex c-up-conditional-with-else
+@findex up-conditional-with-else (c-)
+A variety of @code{c-up-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
+lines. Normally those lines are ignored.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional}
+@findex c-down-conditional
+@findex down-conditional (c-)
+Move forward into the next nested preprocessor conditional, leaving
+the mark behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a
+negative argument, move backward into the previous nested preprocessor
+conditional.
+
+@samp{#elif} is treated like @samp{#else} followed by @samp{#if}, so the
+function stops at them when going forward, but not when going backward.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional-with-else}
+@findex c-down-conditional-with-else
+@findex down-conditional-with-else (c-)
+A variety of @code{c-down-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
+lines. Normally those lines are ignored.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{c-backward-conditional})
+@itemx @kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{c-forward-conditional})
+@kindex C-c C-p
+@kindex C-c C-n
+@findex c-backward-conditional
+@findex c-forward-conditional
+@findex backward-conditional (c-)
+@findex forward-conditional (c-)
+Move backward or forward across a preprocessor conditional, leaving
+the mark behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a
+negative argument, move in the opposite direction.
+
+These key sequences are not bound in AWK Mode, which doesn't have
+preprocessor statements.
+@item @kbd{M-x c-backward-into-nomenclature}
+@itemx @kbd{M-x c-forward-into-nomenclature}
+@findex c-backward-into-nomenclature
+@findex c-forward-into-nomenclature
+@findex backward-into-nomenclature (c-)
+@findex forward-into-nomenclature (c-)
+A popular programming style, especially for object-oriented languages
+such as C++ is to write symbols in a mixed case format, where the
+first letter of each word is capitalized, and not separated by
+underscores. E.g. @samp{SymbolsWithMixedCaseAndNoUnderlines}.
+These commands move backward or forward to the beginning of the next
+capitalized word. With prefix argument @var{n}, move @var{n} times.
+If @var{n} is negative, move in the opposite direction.
+
+Note that these two commands have been superseded by
+@code{c-subword-mode}, which you should use instead. @xref{Subword
+Movement}. They might be removed from a future release of @ccmode{}.
+@end table
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Filling and Breaking, Minor Modes, Movement Commands, Commands
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Filling and Line Breaking Commands
+@cindex text filling
+@cindex line breaking
+@cindex comment handling
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Hanging Colons, Hanging Semicolons and Commas, Hanging Braces, Auto-newline Insertion
+
+Since there's a lot of normal text in comments and string literals,
+@ccmode{} provides features to edit these like in text mode. The goal
+is to do it seamlessly, i.e. you can use auto fill mode, sentence and
+paragraph movement, paragraph filling, adaptive filling etc. wherever
+there's a piece of normal text without having to think much about it.
+@ccmode{} keeps the indentation, fixes suitable comment line prefixes,
+and so on.
+
+You can configure the exact way comments get filled and broken, and
+where Emacs does auto-filling (see @pxref{Custom Filling and
+Breaking}). Typically, the style system (@pxref{Styles}) will have
+set this up for you, so you probably won't have to bother.
+
+@findex auto-fill-mode
+@cindex Auto Fill mode
+@cindex paragraph filling
+Line breaks are by default handled (almost) the same regardless of
+whether they are made by auto fill mode (@pxref{Auto Fill,,,
+@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}}), by paragraph filling (e.g. with
+@kbd{M-q}), or explicitly with @kbd{M-j} or similar methods. In
+string literals, the new line gets the same indentation as the
+previous nonempty line.@footnote{You can change this default by
+setting the @code{string} syntactic symbol (@pxref{Syntactic Symbols}
+and @pxref{Customizing Indentation})}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-q} (@code{c-fill-paragraph})
+@kindex M-q
+@findex c-fill-paragraph
+@findex fill-paragraph (c-)
+@cindex Javadoc markup
+@cindex Pike autodoc markup
+This command fills multiline string literals and both block
+and line style comments. In Java buffers, the Javadoc markup words
+are recognized as paragraph starters. The line oriented Pike autodoc
+markup words are recognized in the same way in Pike mode.
+
+The formatting of the starters (@code{/*}) and enders (@code{*/}) of
+block comments are kept as they were before the filling. I.e., if
+either the starter or ender were on a line of its own, then it stays
+on its own line; conversely, if the delimiter has comment text on its
+line, it keeps at least one word of that text with it on the line.
+
+This command is the replacement for @code{fill-paragraph} in @ccmode{}
+buffers.
+
+@item @kbd{M-j} (@code{c-indent-new-comment-line})
+@kindex M-j
+@findex c-indent-new-comment-line
+@findex indent-new-comment-line (c-)
+This breaks the current line at point and indents the new line. If
+point was in a comment, the new line gets the proper comment line
+prefix. If point was inside a macro, a backslash is inserted before
+the line break. It is the replacement for
+@code{indent-new-comment-line}.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x c-context-line-break}
+@findex c-context-line-break
+@findex context-line-break (c-)
+Insert a line break suitable to the context: If the point is inside a
+comment, the new line gets the suitable indentation and comment line
+prefix like @code{c-indent-new-comment-line}. In normal code it's
+indented like @code{newline-and-indent} would do. In macros it acts
+like @code{newline-and-indent} but additionally inserts and optionally
+aligns the line ending backslash so that the macro remains unbroken.
+@xref{Custom Macros}, for details about the backslash alignment.
+
+This function is not bound to a key by default, but it's intended to be
+used on the @kbd{RET} key. If you like the behavior of
+@code{newline-and-indent} on @kbd{RET}, you should consider switching to
+this function. @xref{Sample .emacs File}.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x c-context-open-line}
+@findex c-context-open-line
+@findex context-open-line (c-)
+This is to @kbd{C-o} (@kbd{M-x open-line}) as
+@code{c-context-line-break} is to @kbd{RET}. I.e. it works just like
+@code{c-context-line-break} but leaves the point before the inserted
+line break.
+@end table
+
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Minor Modes, Electric Keys, Filling and Breaking, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Hanging Colons
-@cindex hanging colons
+@section Minor Modes
+@cindex Minor Modes
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-Using a mechanism similar to brace hanging (@pxref{Hanging Braces}),
-colons can also be made to hang using the style variable
-@code{c-hanging-colons-alist}.
+@ccmode{} contains several minor-mode-like features that you might
+find useful while writing new code or editing old code:
+
+@table @asis
+@item electric mode
+When this is enabled, certain visible characters cause reformatting as
+they are typed. This is normally helpful, but can be a nuisance when
+editing chaotically formatted code. It can also be disconcerting,
+especially for users who are new to @ccmode{}.
+@item auto-newline mode
+This automatically inserts newlines where you'd probably want to type
+them yourself, e.g. after typing @samp{@}}s. Its action is suppressed
+when electric mode is disabled.
+@item hungry-delete mode
+This lets you delete a contiguous block of whitespace with a single
+key - for example, the newline and indentation just inserted by
+auto-newline when you want to back up and write a comment after the
+last statement.
+@item subword mode
+This mode makes basic word movement commands like @kbd{M-f}
+(@code{forward-word}) and @kbd{M-b} (@code{backward-word}) treat the
+parts of sillycapsed symbols as different words.
+E.g. @samp{NSGraphicsContext} is treated as three words @samp{NS},
+@samp{Graphics}, and @samp{Context}.
+@item syntactic-indentation mode
+When this is enabled (which it normally is), indentation commands such
+as @kbd{C-j} indent lines of code according to their syntactic
+structure. Otherwise, a line is simply indented to the same level as
+the previous one and @kbd{@key{TAB}} adjusts the indentation in steps
+of `c-basic-offset'.
+@end table
+
+Full details on how these minor modes work are at @ref{Electric Keys},
+@ref{Auto-newlines}, @ref{Hungry WS Deletion}, @ref{Subword Movement},
+and @ref{Indentation Engine Basics}.
+
+You can toggle each of these minor modes on and off, and you can
+configure @ccmode{} so that it starts up with your favourite
+combination of them (@pxref{Sample .emacs File}). By default, when
+you initialize a buffer, electric mode and syntactic-indentation mode
+are enabled but the other two modes are disabled.
+
+@ccmode{} displays the current state of the first four of these minor
+modes on the modeline by appending letters to the major mode's name,
+one letter for each enabled minor mode - @samp{l} for electric mode,
+@samp{a} for auto-newline mode, @samp{h} for hungry delete mode, and
+@samp{w} for subword mode. If all these modes were enabled, you'd see
+@samp{C/lahw}@footnote{The @samp{C} would be replaced with the name of
+the language in question for the other languages @ccmode{} supports.}.
+
+Here are the commands to toggle these modes:
-@defopt c-hanging-colons-alist
-@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-)
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-l} (@code{c-toggle-electric-state})
+@kindex C-c C-l
+@findex c-toggle-electric-state
+@findex toggle-electric-state (c-)
+Toggle electric minor mode. When the command turns the mode off, it
+also suppresses auto-newline mode.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{c-toggle-auto-newline})
+@kindex C-c C-a
+@findex c-toggle-auto-newline
+@findex toggle-auto-newline (c-)
+Toggle auto-newline minor mode. When the command turns the mode on,
+it also enables electric minor mode.
-The syntactic symbols appropriate for this association list are:
-@code{case-label}, @code{label}, @code{access-label},
-@code{member-init-intro}, and @code{inher-intro}. Note however that for
-@code{c-hanging-colons-alist}, @var{action}s as functions are not
-supported. See also @ref{Custom Brace and Colon Hanging} for details.
+@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command was bound to @kbd{C-c C-d}.}
+@findex c-toggle-hungry-state
+@findex toggle-hungry-state (c-)
+Toggle hungry-delete minor mode.
-In C++, double-colons are used as a scope operator but because these
-colons always appear right next to each other, newlines before and after
-them are controlled by a different mechanism, called @dfn{clean-ups} in
-@ccmode{}. @xref{Clean-ups}, for details.
-@end defopt
+@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-auto-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command was bound to @kbd{C-c C-t}.}
+@findex c-toggle-auto-hungry-state
+@findex toggle-auto-hungry-state (c-)
+Toggle both auto-newline and hungry delete minor modes.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{M-x c-subword-mode})
+@kindex C-c C-w
+@findex c-subword-mode
+@findex subword-mode (c-)
+Toggle subword mode.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-syntactic-indentation}
+@findex c-toggle-syntactic-indentation
+@findex toggle-syntactic-indentation (c-)
+Toggle syntactic-indentation mode.
+@end table
+
+Common to all the toggle functions above is that if they are called
+programmatically, they take an optional numerical argument. A
+positive value will turn on the minor mode (or both of them in the
+case of @code{c-toggle-auto-hungry-state}) and a negative value will
+turn it (or them) off.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Hanging Semicolons and Commas, Other Electric Commands, Hanging Colons, Auto-newline Insertion
+@node Electric Keys, Auto-newlines, Minor Modes, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Hanging Semicolons and Commas
-@cindex hanging semicolons
-@cindex hanging commas
+@section Electric Keys and Keywords
+@cindex electric characters
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-Semicolons and commas are also electric in @ccmode{}, but since
-these characters do not correspond directly to syntactic symbols, a
-different mechanism is used to determine whether newlines should be
-automatically inserted after these characters. @xref{Customizing
-Semicolons and Commas}, for details.
+Most punctuation keys provide @dfn{electric} behavior - as well as
+inserting themselves they perform some other action, such as
+reindenting the line. This reindentation saves you from having to
+reindent a line manually after typing, say, a @samp{@}}. A few
+keywords, such as @code{else}, also trigger electric action.
+You can inhibit the electric behaviour described here by disabling
+electric minor mode (@pxref{Minor Modes}).
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Other Electric Commands, Clean-ups, Hanging Semicolons and Commas, Auto-newline Insertion
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Other Electric Commands
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+Common to all these keys is that they only behave electrically when
+used in normal code (as contrasted with getting typed in a string
+literal or comment). Those which cause re-indentation do so only when
+@code{c-syntactic-indentation} has a non-@code{nil} value (which it
+does by default).
-A few other keys also provide electric behavior, often only to reindent
-the line. Common to all of them is that they only reindent if used in
-normal code (as opposed to in a string literal or comment), and
-@code{c-syntactic-indentation} isn't @code{nil}. They are:
+These keys and keywords are:
+@c ACM, 2004/8/24: c-electric-pound doesn't check c-s-i: this is more
+@c like a bug in the code than a bug in this document. It'll get
+@c fixed in the code sometime.
@table @kbd
@item #
Pound is not electric in AWK buffers, where @samp{#} starts a comment,
and is bound to @code{self-insert-command} like any typical printable
character.
+@c ACM, 2004/8/24: Change this (and the code) to do AWK comment
+@c reindentation.
@item *
@kindex *
@findex electric-star (c-)
@findex c-electric-slash
@findex electric-slash (c-)
-Stars and slashes (bound to @code{c-electric-star} and
-@code{c-electric-slash} respectively) are also electric under certain
-circumstances. If a @samp{*} is inserted as the second character of a C
-style block comment on a comment-only line, then the comment delimiter
-is indented as defined by @code{c-offsets-alist}. A comment-only line
-is defined as a line which contains only a comment, as in:
-
-@example
-@group
-void spam( int i )
-@{
- // this is a comment-only line...
- if( i == 7 ) // but this is not
- @{
- dosomething(i);
- @}
-@}
-@end group
-@end example
+A star (bound to @code{c-electric-star}) or a slash
+(@code{c-electric-slash}) causes reindentation when you type it as the
+second component of a C style block comment opener (@samp{/*}) or a
+C++ line comment opener (@samp{//}) respectively, but only if the
+comment opener is the first thing on the line (i.e. there's only
+whitespace before it).
-Likewise, if a @samp{/} is inserted as the second slash in a C++ style
-line comment (also only on a comment-only line), then the line is
-indented as defined by @code{c-offsets-alist}.
+Additionally, you can configure @ccmode{} so that typing a slash at
+the start of a line within a block comment will terminate the
+comment. You don't need to have electric minor mode enabled to get
+this behaviour. @xref{Clean-ups}.
-In AWK mode, @samp{*} and @samp{/} do not delimit comments and are
-bound to @code{self-insert-command}.
+In AWK mode, @samp{*} and @samp{/} do not delimit comments and are not
+electric.
@item <
@kindex <
@kindex >
@findex c-electric-lt-gt
@findex electric-lt-gt (c-)
-Less-than and greater-than signs (bound to @code{c-electric-lt-gt}) are
-electric, but only in C++ mode. Hitting the second of two @kbd{<} or
-@kbd{>} keys reindents the line if it is a C++ style stream operator.
+A less-than or greater-than sign (bound to @code{c-electric-lt-gt}) is
+electric in two circumstances: when it is an angle bracket in a C++
+@samp{template} declaration (and similar constructs in other
+languages) and when it is the second of two @kbd{<} or @kbd{>}
+characters in a C++ style stream operator. In either case, the line
+is reindented. Angle brackets in C @samp{#include} directives are not
+electric.
@item (
@kindex (
@kindex )
@findex c-electric-paren
@findex electric-paren (c-)
-The normal parenthesis characters @samp{(} and @samp{)} reindent the
-current line. This is useful for getting the closing parenthesis of an
-argument list aligned automatically.
+The normal parenthesis characters @samp{(} and @samp{)} (bound to
+@code{c-electric-paren}) reindent the current line. This is useful
+for getting the closing parenthesis of an argument list aligned
+automatically.
+
+You can also configure @ccmode{} to insert a space automatically
+between a function name and the @samp{(} you've just typed, and to
+remove it automatically after typing @samp{)}, should the argument
+list be empty. You don't need to have electric minor mode enabled to
+get these actions. @xref{Clean-ups}.
+
+@item @{
+@kindex @{
+@itemx @}
+@kindex @}
+@findex c-electric-brace
+@findex electric-brace (c-)
+Typing a brace (bound to @code{c-electric-brace}) reindents the
+current line. Also, one or more newlines might be inserted if
+auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}.
+Additionally, you can configure @ccmode{} to compact excess whitespace
+inserted by auto-newline mode in certain circumstances.
+@xref{Clean-ups}.
+
+@item :
+@kindex :
+@findex c-electric-colon
+@findex electric-colon (c-)
+Typing a colon (bound to @code{c-electric-colon}) reindents the
+current line. Additionally, one or more newlines might be inserted if
+auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}. If you
+type a second colon immediately after such an auto-newline, by default
+the whitespace between the two colons is removed, leaving a C++ scope
+operator. @xref{Clean-ups}.
+
+If you prefer, you can insert @samp{::} in a single operation,
+avoiding all these spurious reindentations, newlines, and clean-ups.
+@xref{Other Commands}.
+
+@item ;
+@kindex ;
+@itemx ,
+@kindex ,
+@findex c-electric-semi&comma
+@findex electric-semi&comma (c-)
+Typing a semicolon or comma (bound to @code{c-electric-semi&comma})
+reindents the current line. Also, a newline might be inserted if
+auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}.
+Additionally, you can configure @ccmode{} so that when auto-newline
+has inserted whitespace after a @samp{@}}, it will be removed again
+when you type a semicolon or comma just after it. @xref{Clean-ups}.
+
@end table
@deffn Command c-electric-continued-statement
@findex electric-continued-statement (c-)
-Certain keywords, depending on language, are electric to cause
-reindentation when they are preceded only by whitespace on the line.
-The keywords are those that continue an earlier statement instead of
-starting a new one: @code{else}, @code{while}, @code{catch} (only in C++
-and Java) and @code{finally} (only in Java).
+Certain keywords are electric, causing reindentation when they are
+preceded only by whitespace on the line. The keywords are those that
+continue an earlier statement instead of starting a new one:
+@code{else}, @code{while}, @code{catch} (only in C++ and Java) and
+@code{finally} (only in Java).
An example:
@end example
Here, the @code{else} should be indented like the preceding @code{if},
-since it continues that statement. @ccmode{} will automatically reindent
-it after the @code{else} has been typed in full, since it's not until
-then it's possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a
+since it continues that statement. @ccmode{} will automatically
+reindent it after the @code{else} has been typed in full, since only
+then is it possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a
continuation of the preceding @code{if}.
@vindex abbrev-mode
@findex abbrev-mode
@cindex Abbrev mode
-@ccmode{} uses Abbrev mode (@pxref{Abbrevs,,, emacs, The Emacs Editor})
-to accomplish this. It's therefore turned on by default in all language
-modes except IDL mode, since CORBA IDL doesn't have any statements.
-@end deffn
-
-
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Clean-ups, , Other Electric Commands, Auto-newline Insertion
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Clean-ups
-@cindex clean-ups
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-
-@dfn{Clean-ups} are mechanisms complementary to colon and brace hanging.
-On the surface, it would seem that clean-ups overlap the functionality
-provided by the @code{c-hanging-*-alist} variables. Clean-ups are
-however used to adjust code ``after-the-fact,'' i.e., to adjust the
-whitespace in constructs after they are typed.
-
-Most of the clean-ups are only applicable to counteract automatically
-inserted newlines, and will therefore only have any effect if the
-auto-newline minor mode is turned on. Others will work all the time.
-
-@defopt c-cleanup-list
-@vindex cleanup-list (c-)
-@cindex literal
-
-You can configure @ccmode{}'s clean-ups by setting the style variable
-@code{c-cleanup-list}, which is a list of clean-up symbols. By default,
-@ccmode{} cleans up only the @code{scope-operator} construct, which is
-necessary for proper C++ support. Note that clean-ups are only
-performed when the construct does not occur within a literal
-(@pxref{Auto-newline Insertion}), and when there is nothing but
-whitespace appearing between the individual components of the construct.
-@end defopt
-
-These are the clean-ups that are only active in the auto-newline minor
-mode:
-
-@c TBD: Would like to use some sort of @deffoo here; @table indents a
-@c bit too much in dvi output.
-@table @code
-@item brace-else-brace
-Clean up @samp{@} else @{} constructs by placing the entire construct on
-a single line. Clean-up occurs when the open brace after the
-@samp{else} is typed. So for example, this:
-
-@example
-@group
-void spam(int i)
-@{
- if( i==7 ) @{
- dosomething();
- @}
- else
- @{
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-appears like this after the last open brace is typed:
-
-@example
-@group
-void spam(int i)
-@{
- if( i==7 ) @{
- dosomething();
- @} else @{
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@item brace-elseif-brace
-Similar to the @code{brace-else-brace} clean-up, but this cleans up
-@samp{@} else if (...) @{} constructs. For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-void spam(int i)
-@{
- if( i==7 ) @{
- dosomething();
- @}
- else if( i==3 )
- @{
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-appears like this after the last open parenthesis is typed:
-
-@example
-@group
-void spam(int i)
-@{
- if( i==7 ) @{
- dosomething();
- @} else if( i==3 )
- @{
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and like this after the last open brace is typed:
-
-@example
-@group
-void spam(int i)
-@{
- if( i==7 ) @{
- dosomething();
- @} else if( i==3 ) @{
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@item brace-catch-brace
-Analogous to @code{brace-elseif-brace}, but cleans up @samp{@} catch
-(...) @{} in C++ and Java mode.
-
-@item empty-defun-braces
-Clean up braces following a top-level function or class definition that
-contains no body. Clean up occurs when the closing brace is typed.
-Thus the following:
-
-@example
-@group
-class Spam
-@{
-@}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-is transformed into this when the close brace is typed:
-
-@example
-@group
-class Spam
-@{@}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@item defun-close-semi
-Clean up the terminating semicolon on top-level function or class
-definitions when they follow a close brace. Clean up occurs when the
-semicolon is typed. So for example, the following:
-
-@example
-@group
-class Spam
-@{
-@}
-;
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-is transformed into this when the semicolon is typed:
-
-@example
-@group
-class Spam
-@{
-@};
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@item list-close-comma
-Clean up commas following braces in array and aggregate initializers.
-Clean up occurs when the comma is typed.
-
-@item scope-operator
-Clean up double colons which may designate a C++ scope operator split
-across multiple lines@footnote{Certain C++ constructs introduce
-ambiguous situations, so @code{scope-operator} clean-ups may not always
-be correct. This usually only occurs when scoped identifiers appear in
-switch label tags.}. Clean up occurs when the second colon is typed.
-You will always want @code{scope-operator} in the @code{c-cleanup-list}
-when you are editing C++ code.
-@end table
-
-The following clean-ups are always active when they occur on
-@code{c-cleanup-list}, and are thus not affected by the auto-newline
-minor mode:
-
-@table @code
-@item space-before-funcall
-Insert a space between the function name and the opening parenthesis of
-a function call. This produces function calls in the style mandated by
-the GNU coding standards, e.g., @samp{signal (SIGINT, SIG_IGN)} and
-@samp{abort ()}. Clean up occurs when the opening parenthesis is typed.
-
-@item compact-empty-funcall
-Clean up any space between the function name and the opening parenthesis
-of a function call that has no arguments. This is typically used
-together with @code{space-before-funcall} if you prefer the GNU function
-call style for functions with arguments but think it looks ugly when
-it's only an empty parenthesis pair. I.e., you will get @samp{signal
-(SIGINT, SIG_IGN)}, but @samp{abort()}. Clean up occurs when the
-closing parenthesis is typed.
-@end table
-
-
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Hungry-deletion of Whitespace, , Auto-newline Insertion, Minor Modes
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Hungry-deletion of Whitespace
-@cindex hungry-deletion
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-
-Hungry deletion of whitespace, or as it more commonly called,
-@dfn{hungry-delete mode}, is a simple feature that some people find
-extremely useful. In fact, you might find yourself wanting
-hungry-delete in @strong{all} your editing modes!
-
-@kindex DEL
-@kindex C-d
-
-In a nutshell, when hungry-delete mode is enabled, hitting the @kbd{DEL}
-or @kbd{C-d} keys will consume all preceding or following whitespace,
-including newlines and tabs. This can really cut down on the number of
-times you have to hit these keys if, for example, you made a mistake on
-the preceding line.
-
-@deffn Command c-electric-backspace
-@findex electric-backspace (c-)
-This command is run by default when you hit the @kbd{DEL} key. It
-deletes any amount of whitespace in the backwards direction if
-hungry-delete mode is enabled. When it's disabled, or when used with
-a prefix argument or in a literal (@pxref{Auto-newline Insertion}),
-the function contained in the @code{c-backspace-function} variable is
-called with the prefix argument.
-@end deffn
-
-@defvar c-backspace-function
-@vindex backspace-function (c-)
-@findex backward-delete-char-untabify
-Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-backspace} when it doesn't
-do an ``electric'' deletion of the preceding whitespace. The default
-value is @code{backward-delete-char-untabify}.
-@end defvar
-
-@deffn Command c-electric-delete-forward
-@findex electric-delete-forward (c-)
-This function, which is bound to @kbd{C-d} by default, works just like
-@code{c-electric-backspace} but in the forward direction. When it
-doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace, it
-calls the function in @code{c-delete-function} with its prefix
-argument.
-@end deffn
-
-@defvar c-delete-function
-@vindex delete-function (c-)
-@findex delete-char
-Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-delete-forward} when it
-doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace. The
-default value is @code{delete-char}.
-@end defvar
-
-Above we have only talked about the @kbd{DEL} and @kbd{C-d} key events,
-without connecting them to the physical keys commonly known as
-@key{Backspace} and @key{Delete}. The default behavior of those two
-depends on the flavor of (X)Emacs you are using.
-
-@findex c-electric-delete
-@findex electric-delete (c-)
-@vindex delete-key-deletes-forward
-
-In XEmacs 20.3 and beyond, the @key{Backspace} key is bound to
-@code{c-electric-backspace} and the @key{Delete} key is bound to
-@code{c-electric-delete}. You control the direction it deletes in by
-setting the variable @code{delete-key-deletes-forward}, a standard
-XEmacs variable. When this variable is non-@code{nil},
-@code{c-electric-delete} will do forward deletion with
-@code{c-electric-delete-forward}, otherwise it does backward deletion
-with @code{c-electric-backspace}.
-
-In other Emacs versions, @ccmode{} doesn't bind either @key{Backspace}
-or @key{Delete}. In XEmacs 19 and Emacs prior to 21 that means that
-it's up to you to fix them. Emacs 21 automatically binds them as
-appropriate to @kbd{DEL} and @kbd{C-d}.
-
-Another way to use hungry deletion is to bind
-@code{c-hungry-backspace} and @code{c-hungry-delete-forward} directly
-to keys, and not use the mode toggling. For example @kbd{C-c C-d} and
-@kbd{C-c DEL} to match plain @kbd{C-d} and @kbd{DEL},
-
-@example
-(add-hook
- 'c-mode-common-hook
- (lambda ()
- (define-key c-mode-base-map
- [?\C-c ?\d] 'c-hungry-backspace)
- (define-key c-mode-base-map
- [?\C-c ?\C-d] 'c-hungry-delete-forward)))
-@end example
-
-@deffn Command c-hungry-backspace
-@findex hungry-backspace (c-)
-Delete any amount of whitespace in the backwards direction (regardless
-whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not).
-@end deffn
-
-@deffn Command c-hungry-delete-forward
-@findex hungry-delete-forward (c-)
-Delete any amount of whitespace in the forward direction (regardless
-whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not).
+@ccmode{} uses Abbrev mode (@pxref{Abbrevs,,, @emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}})
+to accomplish this. It's therefore turned on by default in all language
+modes except IDL mode, since CORBA IDL doesn't have any statements.
@end deffn
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Text Filling and Line Breaking, Macro Handling, Minor Modes, Top
+@node Auto-newlines, Hungry WS Deletion, Electric Keys, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Text Filling and Line Breaking
-@cindex text filling
-@cindex line breaking
-@cindex comment handling
+@section Auto-newline Insertion
+@cindex auto-newline
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-Since there's a lot of normal text in comments and string literals,
-@ccmode{} provides features to edit these like in text mode. The goal
-is to do it as seamlessly as possible, i.e., you can use auto fill mode,
-sentence and paragraph movement, paragraph filling, adaptive filling etc
-wherever there's a piece of normal text without having to think much
-about it. @ccmode{} should keep the indentation, fix the comment line
-decorations, and so on, for you. It does that by hooking in on the
-different line breaking functions and tuning relevant variables as
-necessary.
-
-@vindex c-comment-prefix-regexp
-@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-)
-@cindex comment line prefix
-@vindex comment-start
-@vindex comment-end
-@vindex comment-start-skip
-@vindex paragraph-start
-@vindex paragraph-separate
-@vindex paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix
-@vindex adaptive-fill-mode
-@vindex adaptive-fill-regexp
-@vindex adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp
-To make Emacs recognize comments and treat text in them as normal
-paragraphs, @ccmode{} makes several standard
-variables@footnote{@code{comment-start}, @code{comment-end},
-@code{comment-start-skip}, @code{paragraph-start},
-@code{paragraph-separate}, @code{paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix},
-@code{adaptive-fill-mode}, @code{adaptive-fill-regexp}, and
-@code{adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp}.} buffer local and modifies them
-according to the language syntax and the comment line prefix.
+When you have @dfn{Auto-newline minor mode} enabled (@pxref{Minor
+Modes}), @ccmode{} inserts newlines for you automatically (in certain
+syntactic contexts) when you type a left or right brace, a colon, a
+semicolon, or a comma. Sometimes a newline appears before the
+character you type, sometimes after it, sometimes both.
-@defopt c-comment-prefix-regexp
-@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-)
-This style variable contains the regexp used to recognize the
-@dfn{comment line prefix}, which is the line decoration that starts
-every line in a comment. The default is @samp{//+\\|\\**}, which
-matches C++ style line comments like
+Auto-newline only triggers when the following conditions hold:
-@example
-// blah blah
-@end example
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Auto-newline minor mode is enabled, as evidenced by the indicator
+@samp{a} after the mode name on the modeline (e.g. @samp{C/a} or
+@samp{C/la}).
-@noindent
-with two or more slashes in front of them, and C style block comments
-like
+@item
+The character was typed at the end of a line, or with only whitespace
+after it, and possibly a @samp{\} escaping the newline.
-@example
-@group
-/*
- * blah blah
- */
-@end group
-@end example
+@item
+The character is not on its own line already. (This applies only to
+insertion of a newline @emph{before} the character.)
-@noindent
-with zero or more stars at the beginning of every line. If you change
-this variable, please make sure it still matches the comment starter
-(i.e., @code{//}) of line comments @emph{and} the line prefix inside
-block comments.
+@item
+@cindex literal
+@cindex syntactic whitespace
+The character was not typed inside of a literal @footnote{A
+@dfn{literal} is defined as any comment, string, or preprocessor macro
+definition. These constructs are also known as @dfn{syntactic
+whitespace} since they are usually ignored when scanning C code.}.
-@findex c-setup-paragraph-variables
-@findex setup-paragraph-variables (c-)
-Also note that since @ccmode{} uses the value of
-@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to set up several other variables at mode
-initialization, there won't be any effect if you just change it inside a
-@ccmode{} buffer. You need to call the command
-@code{c-setup-paragraph-variables} too, to update those other variables with
-the new value. That's also the case if you modify this variable in a
-mode hook, since @ccmode{} sets up all variables before calling them.
-@end defopt
+@item
+No numeric argument was supplied to the command (i.e. it was typed as
+normal, with no @kbd{C-u} prefix).
+@end itemize
-@findex auto-fill-mode
-@cindex Auto Fill mode
-@cindex paragraph filling
-Line breaks are by default handled (almost) the same regardless whether
-they are made by auto fill mode (@pxref{Auto Fill,,, emacs, The Emacs
-Editor}), paragraph filling (e.g., with @kbd{M-q}), or explicitly with
-@kbd{M-j} or similar methods. In string literals, the new line gets the
-same indentation as the previous nonempty line (may be changed with the
-@code{string} syntactic symbol). In comments, @ccmode{} uses
-@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to adapt the line prefix from the other
-lines in the comment.
+You can configure the precise circumstances in which newlines get
+inserted (see @pxref{Custom Auto-newlines}). Typically, the style
+system (@pxref{Styles}) will have set this up for you, so you probably
+won't have to bother.
-@vindex adaptive-fill-mode
-@cindex Adaptive Fill mode
-@ccmode{} uses adaptive fill mode (@pxref{Adaptive Fill,,, emacs, The
-Emacs Editor}) to make Emacs correctly keep the line prefix when filling
-paragraphs. That also makes Emacs preserve the text indentation
-@emph{inside} the comment line prefix. e.g., in the following comment,
-both paragraphs will be filled with the left margins of the texts kept
-intact:
+Sometimes @ccmode{} inserts an auto-newline where you don't want one,
+such as after a @samp{@}} when you're about to type a @samp{;}.
+Hungry deletion can help here (@pxref{Hungry WS Deletion}), or you can
+activate an appropriate @dfn{clean-up}, which will remove the excess
+whitespace after you've typed the @samp{;}. See @ref{Clean-ups} for a
+full description. See also @ref{Electric Keys} for a summary of
+clean-ups listed by key.
-@example
-@group
-/* Make a balanced b-tree of the nodes in the incoming
- * stream. But, to quote the famous words of Donald E.
- * Knuth,
- *
- * Beware of bugs in the above code; I have only
- * proved it correct, not tried it.
- */
-@end group
-@end example
-@findex c-setup-filladapt
-@findex setup-filladapt (c-)
-@findex filladapt-mode
-@vindex filladapt-mode
-@cindex Filladapt mode
-It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages, notably Kyle
-E. Jones' Filladapt package@footnote{It's available from
-@uref{http://www.wonderworks.com/}. As of version 2.12, it does however
-lack a feature that makes it work suboptimally when
-@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} matches the empty string (which it does
-by default). A patch for that is available from
-@uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/,, the CC Mode web site}.},
-which handles things like bulleted lists nicely. There's a convenience
-function @code{c-setup-filladapt} that tunes the relevant variables in
-Filladapt for use in @ccmode{}. Call it from a mode hook, e.g., with
-something like this in your @file{.emacs}:
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Hungry WS Deletion, Subword Movement, Auto-newlines, Commands
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Hungry Deletion of Whitespace
+@cindex hungry-deletion
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@example
-(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
- (c-setup-filladapt)
- (filladapt-mode 1))
-(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
-@end example
+If you want to delete an entire block of whitespace at point, you can
+use @dfn{hungry deletion}. This deletes all the contiguous whitespace
+either before point or after point in a single operation.
+``Whitespace'' here includes tabs and newlines, but not comments or
+preprocessor commands. Hungry deletion can markedly cut down on the
+number of times you have to hit deletion keys when, for example,
+you've made a mistake on the preceding line and have already pressed
+@kbd{C-j}.
-@defopt c-block-comment-prefix
-@vindex block-comment-prefix (c-)
-@vindex c-comment-continuation-stars
-@vindex comment-continuation-stars (c-)
-Normally the comment line prefix inserted for a new line inside a
-comment is deduced from other lines in it. However there's one
-situation when there's no hint about what the prefix should look like,
-namely when a block comment is broken for the first time. This style
-variable@footnote{In versions before 5.26, this variable was called
-@code{c-comment-continuation-stars}. As a compatibility measure,
-@ccmode{} still uses the value on that variable if it's set.} is used
-then as the comment prefix. It defaults to @samp{*
-}@footnote{Actually, this default setting of
-@code{c-block-comment-prefix} typically gets overriden by the default
-style @code{gnu}, which sets it to blank. You can see the line
-splitting effect described here by setting a different style,
-e.g. @code{k&r} @xref{Choosing a Style}.}, which makes a comment
+Hungry deletion is a simple feature that some people find extremely
+useful. In fact, you might find yourself wanting it in @strong{all}
+your editing modes!
-@example
-/* Got O(n^2) here, which is a Bad Thing. */
-@end example
+Loosely speaking, in what follows, @dfn{@key{DEL}} means ``the
+backspace key'' and @dfn{@key{DELETE}} means ``the forward delete
+key''. This is discussed in more detail below.
-@noindent
-break into
+There are two different ways you can use hungry deletion:
-@example
-@group
-/* Got O(n^2) here,
- * which is a Bad Thing. */
-@end group
-@end example
+@table @asis
+@item Using @dfn{Hungry Delete Mode} with @kbd{@key{DEL}} and @kbd{C-d}
+Here you toggle Hungry Delete minor mode with @kbd{M-x
+c-toggle-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command
+was bound to @kbd{C-c C-d}. @kbd{C-c C-d} is now the default binding
+for @code{c-hungry-delete-forward}.} (@pxref{Minor Modes}.) This
+makes @kbd{@key{DEL}} and @kbd{C-d} do backwards and forward hungry
+deletion.
-Note that it won't work to adjust the indentation by putting leading
-spaces in @code{c-block-comment-prefix}, since @ccmode{} still uses the
-normal indentation engine to indent the line. Thus, the right way to
-fix the indentation is by customizing the @code{c} syntactic symbol. It
-defaults to @code{c-lineup-C-comments}, which handles the indentation of
-most common comment styles, see @ref{Indentation Functions}.
-@end defopt
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{@key{DEL}} (@code{c-electric-backspace})
+@kindex DEL
+@findex c-electric-backspace
+@findex electric-backspace (c-)
+This command is run by default when you hit the @kbd{DEL} key. When
+hungry delete mode is enabled, it deletes any amount of whitespace in
+the backwards direction. Otherwise, or when used with a prefix
+argument or in a literal (@pxref{Auto-newlines}), the command just
+deletes backwards in the usual way. (More precisely, it calls the
+function contained in the variable @code{c-backspace-function},
+passing it the prefix argument, if any.)
+
+@item @code{c-backspace-function}
+@vindex c-backspace-function
+@vindex backspace-function (c-)
+@findex backward-delete-char-untabify
+Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-backspace} when it doesn't
+do an ``electric'' deletion of the preceding whitespace. The default
+value is @code{backward-delete-char-untabify}
+(@pxref{Deletion,,,@lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}, the function which
+deletes a single character.
-@defopt c-ignore-auto-fill
-@vindex ignore-auto-fill (c-)
-When auto fill mode is enabled, @ccmode{} can selectively ignore it
-depending on the context the line break would occur in, e.g., to never
-break a line automatically inside a string literal. This variable
-takes a list of symbols for the different contexts where auto-filling
-never should occur:
+@item @kbd{C-d} (@code{c-electric-delete-forward})
+@kindex C-d
+@findex c-electric-delete-forward
+@findex electric-delete-forward (c-)
+This function, which is bound to @kbd{C-d} by default, works just like
+@code{c-electric-backspace} but in the forward direction. When it
+doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace, it
+just does @code{delete-char}, more or less. (Strictly speaking, it
+calls the function in @code{c-delete-function} with the prefix
+argument.)
-@table @code
-@item string
-Inside a string or character literal.
-@item c
-Inside a C style block comment.
-@item c++
-Inside a C++ style line comment.
-@item cpp
-Inside a preprocessor directive.
-@item code
-Anywhere else, i.e., in normal code.
+@item @code{c-delete-function}
+@vindex c-delete-function
+@vindex delete-function (c-)
+@findex delete-char
+Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-delete-forward} when it
+doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace. The
+default value is @code{delete-char}.
@end table
-By default, @code{c-ignore-auto-fill} is set to @code{'(string cpp
-code)}, which means that auto-filling only occurs in comments when
-auto-fill mode is activated. In literals, it's often desirable to have
-explicit control over newlines. In preprocessor directives, the
-necessary @samp{\} escape character before the newline is not
-automatically inserted, so an automatic line break would produce invalid
-code. In normal code, line breaks are normally dictated by some logical
-structure in the code rather than the last whitespace character, so
-automatic line breaks there will produce poor results in the current
-implementation.
-@end defopt
-
-The commands that do the actual work follow.
+@item Using Distinct Bindings
+The other (newer and recommended) way to use hungry deletion is to
+perform @code{c-hungry-delete-backwards} and
+@code{c-hungry-delete-forward} directly through their key sequences
+rather than using the minor mode toggling.
@table @asis
-@item @kbd{M-q} (@code{c-fill-paragraph})
-@kindex M-q
-@findex c-fill-paragraph
-@findex fill-paragraph (c-)
-@cindex Javadoc markup
-@cindex Pike autodoc markup
-This is the replacement for @code{fill-paragraph} in @ccmode{}
-buffers. It's used to fill multiline string literals and both block and
-line style comments. In Java buffers, the Javadoc markup words are
-recognized as paragraph starters. The line oriented Pike autodoc markup
-words are recognized in the same way in Pike mode.
-
-The function keeps the comment starters and enders of block comments as
-they were before the filling. This means that a comment ender on the
-same line as the paragraph being filled will be filled with the
-paragraph, and one on a line by itself will stay as it is. The comment
-starter is handled similarly@footnote{This means that the variables
-@code{c-hanging-comment-starter-p} and @code{c-hanging-comment-ender-p},
-which controlled this behavior in earlier versions of @ccmode{}, are now
-obsolete.}.
-
-@item @kbd{M-j} (@code{c-indent-new-comment-line})
-@kindex M-j
-@findex c-indent-new-comment-line
-@findex indent-new-comment-line (c-)
-This is the replacement for @code{indent-new-comment-line}. It breaks
-the line at point and indents the new line like the current one.
+@item @kbd{C-c C-@key{DEL}}, or @kbd{C-c @key{DEL}} (@code{c-hungry-delete-backwards})@footnote{This command was formerly known as @code{c-hungry-backspace}.}
+@kindex C-c C-<backspace>
+@kindex C-c <backspace>
+@kindex C-c C-DEL
+@kindex C-c DEL
+@findex c-hungry-delete-backwards
+@findex hungry-delete-backwards (c-)
+Delete any amount of whitespace in the backwards direction (regardless
+whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not). This command is bound
+to both @kbd{C-c C-@key{DEL}} and @kbd{C-c @key{DEL}}, since the more
+natural one, @kbd{C-c C-@key{DEL}}, is sometimes difficult to type at
+a character terminal.
-@vindex comment-multi-line
-If inside a comment and @code{comment-multi-line} is non-@code{nil}, the
-indentation and line prefix are preserved. If inside a comment and
-@code{comment-multi-line} is @code{nil}, a new comment of the same type
-is started on the next line and indented as appropriate for comments.
+@item @kbd{C-c C-d}, @kbd{C-c C-@key{DELETE}}, or @kbd{C-c @key{DELETE}} (@code{c-hungry-delete-forward})
+@kindex C-c C-d
+@kindex C-c C-<DELETE>
+@kindex C-c <DELETE>
+@findex c-hungry-delete-forward
+@findex hungry-delete-forward (c-)
+Delete any amount of whitespace in the forward direction (regardless
+whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not). This command is bound
+to both @kbd{C-c C-@key{DELETE}} and @kbd{C-c @key{DELETE}} for the
+same reason as for @key{DEL} above.
+@end table
+@end table
-Note that @ccmode{} sets @code{comment-multi-line} to @code{t} at
-startup. The reason is that @kbd{M-j} could otherwise produce sequences
-of single line block comments for texts that should logically be treated
-as one comment, and the rest of the paragraph handling code
-(e.g., @kbd{M-q} and @kbd{M-a}) can't cope with that, which would lead to
-inconsistent behavior.
+@kindex <delete>
+@kindex <backspace>
-@item @kbd{M-x c-context-line-break}
-@findex c-context-line-break
-@findex context-line-break (c-)
-This is a function that works like @code{indent-new-comment-line} in
-comments and @code{newline-and-indent} elsewhere, thus combining those
-two in a way that uses each one in the context it's best suited for.
-I.e., in comments the comment line prefix and indentation is kept for
-the new line, and in normal code it's indented according to context by
-the indentation engine.
-
-In macros it acts like @code{newline-and-indent} but additionally
-inserts and optionally aligns the line ending backslash so that the
-macro remains unbroken. @xref{Macro Handling}, for details about the
-backslash alignment.
-
-It's not bound to a key by default, but it's intended to be used on the
-@kbd{RET} key. If you like the behavior of @code{newline-and-indent} on
-@kbd{RET}, you should consider switching to this function.
+When we talk about @kbd{@key{DEL}}, and @kbd{@key{DELETE}} above, we
+actually do so without connecting them to the physical keys commonly
+known as @key{Backspace} and @key{Delete}. The default bindings to
+those two keys depends on the flavor of (X)Emacs you are using.
-@item @kbd{M-x c-context-open-line}
-@findex c-context-open-line
-@findex context-open-line (c-)
-This is to @kbd{C-o} (@kbd{M-x open-line}) as
-@code{c-context-line-break} is to @kbd{RET}. I.e., it works just like
-@code{c-context-line-break} but leaves the point before the inserted
-line break.
-@end table
+@findex c-electric-delete
+@findex electric-delete (c-)
+@findex c-hungry-delete
+@findex hungry-delete (c-)
+@vindex delete-key-deletes-forward
+In XEmacs 20.3 and beyond, the @key{Backspace} key is bound to
+@code{c-electric-backspace} and the @key{Delete} key is bound to
+@code{c-electric-delete}. You control the direction it deletes in by
+setting the variable @code{delete-key-deletes-forward}, a standard
+XEmacs variable.
+@c This variable is encapsulated by XEmacs's (defsubst delete-forward-p ...).
+When this variable is non-@code{nil}, @code{c-electric-delete} will do
+forward deletion with @code{c-electric-delete-forward}, otherwise it
+does backward deletion with @code{c-electric-backspace}. Similarly,
+@kbd{C-c @key{Delete}} and @kbd{C-c C-@key{Delete}} are bound to
+@code{c-hungry-delete} which is controlled in the same way by
+@code{delete-key-deletes-forward}.
+
+@findex normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
+
+Emacs 21 and later automatically binds @key{Backspace} and
+@key{Delete} to @kbd{DEL} and @kbd{C-d} according to your environment,
+and @ccmode{} extends those bindings to @kbd{C-c C-@key{Backspace}}
+etc. If you need to change the bindings through
+@code{normal-erase-is-backspace-mode} then @ccmode{} will also adapt
+its extended bindings accordingly.
+
+In earlier (X)Emacs versions, @ccmode{} doesn't bind either
+@key{Backspace} or @key{Delete} directly. Only the key codes
+@kbd{DEL} and @kbd{C-d} are bound, and it's up to the default bindings
+to map the physical keys to them. You might need to modify this
+yourself if the defaults are unsuitable.
+
+Getting your @key{Backspace} and @key{Delete} keys properly set up can
+sometimes be tricky. The information in @ref{DEL Does Not
+Delete,,,emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, might be helpful if you're having
+trouble with this in GNU Emacs.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Macro Handling, Font Locking, Text Filling and Line Breaking, Top
+@node Subword Movement, Other Commands, Hungry WS Deletion, Commands
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Macro Handling
-@cindex macros
-@cindex preprocessor directives
+@section Subword Movement and Editing
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-Preprocessor directives are handled as syntactic whitespace from other
-code, i.e., they can be interspersed anywhere without affecting the
-syntactic analysis, just like comments.
+@cindex nomenclature
+@cindex subword
+In spite of the GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol
+by mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. @samp{GtkWidget},
+@samp{EmacsFrameClass}, or @samp{NSGraphicsContext}. Here we call
+these mixed case symbols @dfn{nomenclatures}. Also, each capitalized
+(or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a
+@dfn{subword}. Here are some examples:
+
+@multitable {@samp{NSGraphicsContext}} {@samp{NS}, @samp{Graphics}, and @samp{Context}}
+@headitem Nomenclature
+ @tab Subwords
+@item @samp{GtkWindow}
+ @tab @samp{Gtk} and @samp{Window}
+@item @samp{EmacsFrameClass}
+ @tab @samp{Emacs}, @samp{Frame}, and @samp{Class}
+@item @samp{NSGraphicsContext}
+ @tab @samp{NS}, @samp{Graphics}, and @samp{Context}
+@end multitable
+
+The subword minor mode replaces the basic word oriented movement and
+editing commands with variants that recognize subwords in a
+nomenclature and treat them as separate words:
+
+@findex c-forward-subword
+@findex forward-subword (c-)
+@findex c-backward-subword
+@findex backward-subword (c-)
+@findex c-mark-subword
+@findex mark-subword (c-)
+@findex c-kill-subword
+@findex kill-subword (c-)
+@findex c-backward-kill-subword
+@findex backward-kill-subword (c-)
+@findex c-transpose-subwords
+@findex transpose-subwords (c-)
+@findex c-capitalize-subword
+@findex capitalize-subword (c-)
+@findex c-upcase-subword
+@findex upcase-subword (c-)
+@findex c-downcase-subword
+@findex downcase-subword (c-)
+@multitable @columnfractions .20 .40 .40
+@headitem Key @tab Word oriented command @tab Subword oriented command
+@item @kbd{M-f} @tab @code{forward-word} @tab @code{c-forward-subword}
+@item @kbd{M-b} @tab @code{backward-word} @tab @code{c-backward-subword}
+@item @kbd{M-@@} @tab @code{mark-word} @tab @code{c-mark-subword}
+@item @kbd{M-d} @tab @code{kill-word} @tab @code{c-kill-subword}
+@item @kbd{M-DEL} @tab @code{backward-kill-word} @tab @code{c-backward-kill-subword}
+@item @kbd{M-t} @tab @code{transpose-words} @tab @code{c-transpose-subwords}
+@item @kbd{M-c} @tab @code{capitalize-word} @tab @code{c-capitalize-subword}
+@item @kbd{M-u} @tab @code{upcase-word} @tab @code{c-upcase-subword}
+@item @kbd{M-l} @tab @code{downcase-word} @tab @code{c-downcase-subword}
+@end multitable
+
+Note that if you have changed the key bindings for the word oriented
+commands in your @file{.emacs} or a similar place, the keys you have
+configured are also used for the corresponding subword oriented
+commands.
+
+Type @kbd{C-c C-w} to toggle subword mode on and off. To make the
+mode turn on automatically, put the following code in your
+@file{.emacs}:
-The code inside macro definitions is still analyzed syntactically so
-that you get relative indentation there just as you'd get if the same
-code was outside a macro. However, since there is no hint about the
-syntactic context, i.e., whether the macro expands to an expression, to some
-statements, or perhaps to whole functions, the syntactic recognition can be
-wrong. @ccmode{} manages to figure it out correctly most of the time,
-though. @xref{Syntactic Symbols}, for details about the indentation.
+@example
+(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook
+ (lambda () (c-subword-mode 1)))
+@end example
-@defopt c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros
-@vindex syntactic-indentation-in-macros (c-)
-Enable syntactic analysis inside macros, which is the default. If this
-is @code{nil}, all lines inside macro definitions are analyzed as
-@code{cpp-macro-cont}.
-@end defopt
+As a bonus, you can also use @code{c-subword-mode} in non-@ccmode{}
+buffers by typing @kbd{M-x c-subword-mode}.
-@ccmode{} provides some tools to help keep the line continuation
-backslashes in macros neat and tidy:
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Other Commands, , Subword Movement, Commands
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Other Commands
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+Here are the various other commands that didn't fit anywhere else:
@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c :} (@code{c-scope-operator})
+@kindex C-c :
+@findex c-scope-operator
+@findex scope-operator (c-)
+In C++, it is also sometimes desirable to insert the double-colon scope
+operator without performing the electric behavior of colon insertion.
+@kbd{C-c :} does just this.
+
@item @kbd{C-c C-\} (@code{c-backslash-region})
@kindex C-c C-\
@findex c-backslash-region
@findex backslash-region (c-)
-This function inserts and aligns or deletes the end-of-line backslashes
-in the current region.
+This function inserts and aligns or deletes end-of-line backslashes in
+the current region. These are typically used in multi-line macros.
With no prefix argument, it inserts any missing backslashes and aligns
them according to the @code{c-backslash-column} and
@code{c-backslash-max-column} variables. With a prefix argument, it
-deletes any backslashes.
-
-The function does not modify blank lines at the start of the region. If
-the region ends at the start of a line, it always deletes the backslash
-(if any) at the end of the previous line.
-@end table
-
-@defopt c-backslash-column
-@vindex backslash-column (c-)
-@defoptx c-backslash-max-column
-@vindex backslash-max-column (c-)
-These variables control the alignment columns for line continuation
-backslashes in multiline macros. They are used by the functions that
-automatically insert or align such backslashes,
-e.g., @code{c-backslash-region} and @code{c-context-line-break}.
+deletes any backslashes.
-@code{c-backslash-column} specifies the minimum column for the
-backslashes. If any line in the macro exceeds it then the next tab
-stop from that line is used as the alignment column for all the
-backslashes, so that they remain in a single column. However, if some
-lines exceed @code{c-backslash-max-column} then the backslashes in the
-rest of the macro will be kept at that column, so that the
-lines which are too long ``stick out'' instead.
-@end defopt
+The function does not modify blank lines at the start of the region. If
+the region ends at the start of a line, it always deletes the backslash
+(if any) at the end of the previous line.
-@defopt c-auto-align-backslashes
-@vindex auto-align-backslashes (c-)
-Align automatically inserted line continuation backslashes if
-non-@code{nil}. When line continuation backslashes are inserted
-automatically for line breaks in multiline macros, e.g., by
-@code{c-context-line-break}, they are aligned with the other backslashes
-in the same macro if this flag is set. Otherwise the inserted
-backslashes are preceded by a single space.
-@end defopt
+To customize the precise workings of this command, @ref{Custom Macros}.
+@end table
+@noindent
The recommended line breaking function, @code{c-context-line-break}
-(@pxref{Text Filling and Line Breaking}), is especially nice if you edit
-multiline macros frequently. When used inside a macro, it automatically
-inserts and adjusts the mandatory backslash at the end of the line to
-keep the macro together, and it leaves the point at the right
-indentation column for the code. Thus you can write code inside macros
-almost exactly as you can elsewhere, without having to bother with the
-trailing backslashes.
+(@pxref{Filling and Breaking}), is especially nice if you edit
+multiline macros frequently. When used inside a macro, it
+automatically inserts and adjusts the mandatory backslash at the end
+of the line to keep the macro together, and it leaves the point at the
+right indentation column for the code. Thus you can write code inside
+macros almost exactly as you can elsewhere, without having to bother
+with the trailing backslashes.
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{c-macro-expand})
+@kindex C-c C-e
+@findex c-macro-expand
+@findex macro-expand (c-)
+This command expands C, C++, Objective C or Pike macros in the region,
+using an appropriate external preprocessor program. Normally it
+displays its output in a temporary buffer, but if you give it a prefix
+arg (with @kbd{C-u C-c C-e}) it will overwrite the original region
+with the expansion.
+
+The command does not work in any of the other modes, and the key
+sequence is not bound in these other modes.
+
+@code{c-macro-expand} isn't actually part of @ccmode{}, even though it
+is bound to a @ccmode{} key sequence. If you need help setting it up
+or have other problems with it, you can either read its source code or
+ask for help in the standard (X)Emacs forums.
+@end table
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Font Locking, Commands, Macro Handling, Top
+@node Font Locking, Config Basics, Commands, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Font Locking
@cindex font locking
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@strong{Please note:} The font locking in AWK mode is currently not integrated
-with the rest of @ccmode{}, so this section does not apply there.
-@xref{AWK Mode Font Locking}, instead.
-
@cindex Font Lock mode
-@ccmode{} provides font locking for its supported languages by supplying
-patterns for use with Font Lock mode. This means that you get distinct
-faces on the various syntactic parts such as comments, strings, keywords
-and types, which is very helpful in telling them apart at a glance and
-discovering syntactic errors. @xref{Font Lock,,, emacs, The Emacs
-Editor}, for ways to enable font locking in @ccmode{} buffers.
+@ccmode{} provides font locking for its supported languages by
+supplying patterns for use with Font Lock mode. This means that you
+get distinct faces on the various syntactic parts such as comments,
+strings, keywords and types, which is very helpful in telling them
+apart at a glance and discovering syntactic errors. @xref{Font
+Lock,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, for ways to enable font locking in
+@ccmode{} buffers.
+
+@strong{Please note:} The font locking in AWK mode is currently not
+integrated with the rest of @ccmode{}. Only the last section of this
+chapter, @ref{AWK Mode Font Locking}, applies to AWK. The other
+sections apply to the other languages.
@menu
-* Font Locking Preliminaries::
-* Faces::
-* Documentation Comments::
+* Font Locking Preliminaries::
+* Faces::
+* Doc Comments::
+* AWK Mode Font Locking::
@end menu
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Font Locking Preliminaries, Faces, , Font Locking
+@node Font Locking Preliminaries, Faces, Font Locking, Font Locking
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Font Locking Preliminaries
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
In the transition to @ccmode{} the patterns have been reworked
completely and are applied uniformly across all the languages except AWK
mode, just like the indentation rules (although each language still has
-some pecularities of its own, of course). Since the languages
+some peculiarities of its own, of course). Since the languages
previously had completely separate font locking patterns, this means
that it's a bit different in most languages now.
The main goal for the font locking in @ccmode{} is accuracy, to provide
a dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs. Some, like
-strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like
-declarations and types can be very tricky. @ccmode{} can go to great
+strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others, like
+declarations and types, can be very tricky. @ccmode{} can go to great
lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when
the types aren't recognized by standard patterns. This is a fairly
demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can
therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the
-variable @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration}.
+variable @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration} (@pxref{Font Lock,,,
+emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}).
@vindex font-lock-maximum-decoration
@comment 2
@item
-Fast normal font locking: In addition to level 1, fontify keywords,
-simple types and declarations that are easy to recognize. The variables
+Fast font locking: In addition to level 1, fontify keywords, simple
+types and declarations that are easy to recognize. The variables
@code{*-font-lock-extra-types} (where @samp{*} is the name of the
language) are used to recognize types (see below). Documentation
comments like Javadoc are fontified according to
-@code{c-doc-comment-style} (@pxref{Documentation Comments}).
+@code{c-doc-comment-style} (@pxref{Doc Comments}).
Use this if you think the font locking is too slow. It's the closest
corresponding level to level 3 in the old font lock patterns.
@comment 3
@item
-Accurate normal font locking: Like level 2 but uses a different approach
-that can recognize types and declarations much more accurately. The
+Accurate font locking: Like level 2 but uses a different approach that
+can recognize types and declarations much more accurately. The
@code{*-font-lock-extra-types} variables are still used, but user
defined types are recognized correctly anyway in most cases. Therefore
those variables should be fairly restrictive and not contain patterns
This level is designed for fairly modern hardware and a font lock
support mode like Lazy Lock or Just-in-time Lock mode that only
-fontifies the parts that are actually shown.
+fontifies the parts that are actually shown. Fontifying the whole
+buffer at once can easily get bothersomely slow even on contemporary
+hardware.
+@c ACM, 2005/8/28: There should be a page in the (X)Emacs manual
+@c describing these support modes. There wasn't in the
+@c fourteenth edition of the Emacs manual (released with Emacs 21.3).
+@c There might be one in the Emacs CVS for 22.1.
@end enumerate
@cindex user defined types
For each language there's a variable @code{*-font-lock-extra-types},
where @samp{*} stands for the language in question. It contains a list
of regexps that matches identifiers that should be recognized as types,
-e.g., @samp{\\sw+_t} to recognize all identifiers ending with @samp{_t}
+e.g. @samp{\\sw+_t} to recognize all identifiers ending with @samp{_t}
as is customary in C code. Each regexp should not match more than a
single identifier.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Faces, Documentation Comments, Font Locking Preliminaries, Font Locking
+@node Faces, Doc Comments, Font Locking Preliminaries, Font Locking
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Faces
@cindex faces
@vindex font-lock-doc-face
@vindex font-lock-doc-string-face
@vindex font-lock-comment-face
-Comments that are recognized as documentation (@pxref{Documentation
-Comments}) get @code{font-lock-doc-face} (Emacs) or
-@code{font-lock-doc-string-face} (XEmacs) if those faces exist. If they
-don't then @code{font-lock-comment-face} is used.
+Comments that are recognized as documentation (@pxref{Doc Comments})
+get @code{font-lock-doc-face} (Emacs) or
+@code{font-lock-doc-string-face} (XEmacs) if those faces exist. If
+they don't then @code{font-lock-comment-face} is used.
@item
@vindex font-lock-string-face
@vindex font-lock-builtin-face
@vindex font-lock-reference-face
Preprocessor directives get @code{font-lock-preprocessor-face} if it
-exists (i.e., XEmacs). In Emacs they get @code{font-lock-builtin-face}
+exists (i.e. XEmacs). In Emacs they get @code{font-lock-builtin-face}
or @code{font-lock-reference-face}, for lack of a closer equivalent.
@item
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Documentation Comments, , Faces, Font Locking
+@node Doc Comments, AWK Mode Font Locking, Faces, Font Locking
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Documentation Comments
@cindex documentation comments
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
There are various tools to supply documentation in the source as
-specially structured comments, e.g., the standard Javadoc tool in Java.
+specially structured comments, e.g. the standard Javadoc tool in Java.
@ccmode{} provides an extensible mechanism to fontify such comments and
the special markup inside them.
@defopt c-doc-comment-style
@vindex doc-comment-style (c-)
This is a style variable that specifies which documentation comment
-style to recognize, e.g., @code{javadoc} for Javadoc comments.
+style to recognize, e.g. @code{javadoc} for Javadoc comments.
The value may also be a list of styles, in which case all of them are
recognized simultaneously (presumably with markup cues that don't
above if found. If it isn't found then the symbol `other' is looked up
and its value is used instead.
+The default value for @code{c-doc-comment-style} is
+@w{@code{((java-mode . javadoc) (pike-mode . autodoc) (c-mode . gtkdoc))}}.
+
Note that @ccmode{} uses this variable to set other variables that
handle fontification etc. That's done at mode initialization or when
you switch to a style which sets this variable. Thus, if you change it
-in some other way, e.g., interactively in a CC Mode buffer, you will need
+in some other way, e.g. interactively in a CC Mode buffer, you will need
to do @kbd{M-x java-mode} (or whatever mode you're currently using) to
reinitialize.
@findex setup-doc-comment-style (c-)
Note also that when @ccmode{} starts up, the other variables are
modified before the mode hooks are run. If you change this variable in
-a mode hook, you have to call @code{c-setup-doc-comment-style}
+a mode hook, you'll have to call @code{c-setup-doc-comment-style}
afterwards to redo that work.
@end defopt
@item autodoc
@cindex Pike autodoc markup
For Pike autodoc markup, the standard in Pike.
+
+@item gtkdoc
+@cindex GtkDoc markup
+For GtkDoc markup, widely used in the Gnome community.
@end table
The above is by no means complete. If you'd like to see support for
other doc comment styles, please let us know (@pxref{Mailing Lists and
-Submitting Bug Reports}).
+Bug Reports}).
You can also write your own doc comment fontification support to use
with @code{c-doc-comment-style}: Supply a variable or function
@code{javadoc-font-lock-keywords} in @file{cc-fonts.el}.
If you add support for another doc comment style, please consider
-contributing it --- send a note to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.
+contributing it - send a note to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.
+
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node AWK Mode Font Locking, , Doc Comments, Font Locking
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section AWK Mode Font Locking
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+The general appearance of font-locking in AWK mode is much like in any
+other programming mode. @xref{Faces For Font Lock,,,elisp, GNU Emacs
+Lisp Reference Manual}.
+
+The following faces are, however, used in a non-standard fashion in
+AWK mode:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{font-lock-variable-name-face}
+This face was intended for variable declarations. Since variables are
+not declared in AWK, this face is used instead for AWK system
+variables (such as @code{NF}) and ``Special File Names'' (such as
+@code{"/dev/stderr"}).
+
+@item @code{font-lock-builtin-face} (Emacs)/@code{font-lock-preprocessor-face} (XEmacs)
+This face is normally used for preprocessor directives in @ccmode{}.
+There are no such things in AWK, so this face is used instead for
+standard functions (such as @code{match}).
+
+@item @code{font-lock-string-face}
+As well as being used for strings, including localizable strings,
+(delimited by @samp{"} and @samp{_"}), this face is also used for AWK
+regular expressions (delimited by @samp{/}).
+
+@item @code{font-lock-warning-face} (Emacs)/@code{c-invalid-face} (XEmacs)
+This face highlights the following syntactically invalid AWK
+constructs:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+An unterminated string or regular expression. Here the opening
+delimiter (@samp{"} or @samp{/} or @samp{_"}) is displayed in
+@code{font-lock-warning-face}. This is most noticeable when typing in a
+new string/regular expression into a buffer, when the warning-face
+serves as a continual reminder to terminate the construct.
+
+AWK mode fontifies unterminated strings/regular expressions
+differently from other modes: Only the text up to the end of the line
+is fontified as a string (escaped newlines being handled correctly),
+rather than the text up to the next string quote.
+
+@item
+A space between the function name and opening parenthesis when calling
+a user function. The last character of the function name and the
+opening parenthesis are highlighted. This font-locking rule will
+spuriously highlight a valid concatenation expression where an
+identifier precedes a parenthesised expression. Unfortunately.
+
+@item
+Whitespace following the @samp{\} in what otherwise looks like an
+escaped newline. The @samp{\} is highlighted.
+@end itemize
+@end table
+
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Config Basics, Custom Filling and Breaking, Font Locking, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Configuration Basics
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+@cindex Emacs Initiliazation File
+@cindex Configuration
+You configure @ccmode{} by setting Lisp variables and calling (and
+perhaps writing) Lisp functions@footnote{DON'T PANIC!!! This isn't
+difficult.}, which is usually done by adding code to an Emacs
+initialization file. This file might be @file{site-start.el} or
+@file{.emacs} or @file{init.el} or @file{default.el} or perhaps some
+other file. @xref{Init File,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}}. For
+the sake of conciseness, we just call this file ``your @file{.emacs}''
+throughout the rest of the manual.
+
+Several of these variables (currently 16), are known collectively as
+@dfn{style variables}. @ccmode{} provides a special mechanism, known
+as @dfn{styles} to make it easier to set these variables as a group,
+to ``inherit'' settings from one style into another, and so on. Style
+variables remain ordinary Lisp variables, whose values can be read and
+changed independently of the style system. @xref{Style Variables}.
+
+There are several ways you can write the code, depending on the
+precise effect you want---they are described further down on this page.
+If you are new to @ccmode{}, we suggest you begin with the simplest
+method, ``Top-level commands or the customization interface''.
+
+If you make conflicting settings in several of these ways, the way
+that takes precedence is the one that appears latest in this list:
+@itemize @asis
+@item
+@table @asis
+@item Style
+@itemx Top-level command or ``customization interface''
+@itemx Hook
+@itemx File Style
+@end table
+@end itemize
+
+Here is a summary of the different ways of writing your configuration
+settings:
+
+@table @asis
+@item Top-level commands or the ``customization interface''
+Most simply, you can write @code{setq} and similar commands at the top
+level of your @file{.emacs} file. When you load a @ccmode{} buffer,
+it initializes its configuration from these global values (at least,
+for those settings you have given values to), so it makes sense to
+have these @code{setq} commands run @emph{before} @ccmode{} is first
+initialized---in particular, before any call to @code{desktop-read}
+(@pxref{Saving Emacs Sessions,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}). For
+example, you might set c-basic-offset thus:
+
+@example
+(setq c-basic-offset 4)
+@end example
+
+You can use the more user friendly Customization interface instead,
+but this manual does not cover in detail how that works. To do this,
+start by typing @kbd{M-x customize-group @key{RET} c @key{RET}}.
+@xref{Easy Customization,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}}.
+@c The following note really belongs in the Emacs manual.
+Emacs normally writes the customizations at the end of your
+@file{.emacs} file. If you use @code{desktop-read}, you should edit
+your @file{.emacs} to place the call to @code{desktop-read} @emph{after}
+the customizations.
+
+The first initialization of @ccmode{} puts a snapshot of the
+configuration settings into the special style @code{user}.
+@xref{Built-in Styles}.
+
+For basic use of Emacs, either of these ways of configuring is
+adequate. However, the settings are then the same in all @ccmode{}
+buffers and it can be clumsy to communicate them between programmers.
+For more flexibility, you'll want to use one (or both) of @ccmode{}'s
+more sophisticated facilities, hooks and styles.
+
+@item Hooks
+An Emacs @dfn{hook} is a place to put Lisp functions that you want
+Emacs to execute later in specific circumstances.
+@xref{Hooks,,,@lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}. @ccmode{} supplies a main
+hook and a language-specific hook for each language it supports - any
+functions you put onto these hooks get executed as the last part of a
+buffer's initialization. Typically you put most of your customization
+within the main hook, and use the language-specific hooks to vary the
+customization settings between language modes. For example, if you
+wanted different (non-standard) values of @code{c-basic-offset} in C
+Mode and Java Mode buffers, you could do it like this:
+
+@example
+@group
+(defun my-c-mode-hook ()
+ (setq c-basic-offset 3))
+(add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'my-c-mode-hook)
+
+(defun my-java-mode-hook ()
+ (setq c-basic-offset 6))
+(add-hook 'java-mode-hook 'my-java-mode-hook)
+@end group
+@end example
+
+See @ref{CC Hooks} for more details on the use of @ccmode{} hooks.
+
+@item Styles
+A @ccmode{} @dfn{style} is a coherent collection of customizations
+with a name. At any time, exactly one style is active in each
+@ccmode{} buffer, either the one you have selected or a default.
+@ccmode{} is delivered with several existing styles. Additionally,
+you can create your own styles, possibly based on these existing
+styles. If you worked in a programming team called the ``Free
+Group'', which had its own coding standards, you might well have this
+in your @file{.emacs} file:
+
+@example
+(setq c-default-style '((java-mode . "java")
+ (awk-mode . "awk")
+ (other . "free-group-style")))
+@end example
+
+See @ref{Styles} for fuller details on using @ccmode{} styles and how
+to create them.
+
+@item File Styles
+A @dfn{file style} is a rarely used variant of the ``style'' mechanism
+described above, which applies to an individual source file. To use
+it, you set certain Emacs local variables in a special block at the
+end of the source file. @xref{File Styles}.
+
+@item Hooks with Styles
+For ultimate flexibility, you can use hooks and styles together. For
+example, if your team were developing a product which required a
+Linux driver, you'd probably want to use the ``linux'' style for the
+driver, and your own team's style for the rest of the code. You
+could achieve this with code like this in your @file{.emacs}:
+
+@example
+@group
+(defun my-c-mode-hook ()
+ (c-set-style
+ (if (and (buffer-file-name)
+ (string-match "/usr/src/linux" (buffer-file-name)))
+ "linux"
+ "free-group-style")))
+(add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'my-c-mode-hook)
+@end group
+@end example
+
+In a programming team, a hook is a also a good place for each member
+to put his own personal preferences. For example, you might be the
+only person in your team who likes Auto-newline minor mode. You could
+have it enabled by default by placing the following in your
+@file{.emacs}:
+
+@example
+@group
+(defun my-turn-on-auto-newline ()
+ (c-toggle-auto-newline 1))
+(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-turn-on-auto-newline)
+@end group
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@menu
+* CC Hooks::
+* Style Variables::
+* Styles::
+@end menu
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node CC Hooks, Style Variables, Config Basics, Config Basics
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Hooks
+@cindex mode hooks
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@c The node name is "CC Hooks" rather than "Hooks" because of a bug in
+@c some older versions of Info, e.g. the info.el in GNU Emacs 21.3.
+@c If you go to "Config Basics" and hit <CR> on the xref to "CC
+@c Hooks" the function Info-follow-reference searches for "*Note: CC
+@c Hooks" from the beginning of the page. If this node were instead
+@c named "Hooks", that search would spuriously find "*Note:
+@c Hooks(elisp)" and go to the wrong node.
+
+@ccmode{} provides several hooks that you can use to customize the
+mode for your coding style. The main hook is
+@code{c-mode-common-hook}; typically, you'll put the bulk of your
+customizations here. In addition, each language mode has its own
+hook, allowing you to fine tune your settings individually for the
+different @ccmode{} languages, and there is a package initialization
+hook. Finally, there is @code{c-special-indent-hook}, which enables
+you to solve anomalous indentation problems. It is described in
+@ref{Other Indentation}, not here. All these hooks adhere to the
+standard Emacs conventions.
+
+When you open a buffer, @ccmode{} first initializes it with the
+currently active style (@pxref{Styles}). Then it calls
+@code{c-mode-common-hook}, and finally it calls the language-specific
+hook. Thus, any style settings done in these hooks will override
+those set by @code{c-default-style}.
+
+@defvar c-initialization-hook
+@vindex initialization-hook (c-)
+Hook run only once per Emacs session, when @ccmode{} is initialized.
+This is a good place to change key bindings (or add new ones) in any
+of the @ccmode{} key maps. @xref{Sample .emacs File}.
+@end defvar
+
+@defvar c-mode-common-hook
+@vindex mode-common-hook (c-)
+Common hook across all languages. It's run immediately before the
+language specific hook.
+@end defvar
+
+@defvar c-mode-hook
+@defvarx c++-mode-hook
+@defvarx objc-mode-hook
+@defvarx java-mode-hook
+@defvarx idl-mode-hook
+@defvarx pike-mode-hook
+@defvarx awk-mode-hook
+The language specific mode hooks. The appropriate one is run as the
+last thing when you enter that language mode.
+@end defvar
+
+Although these hooks are variables defined in @ccmode{}, you can give
+them values before @ccmode{}'s code is loaded - indeed, this is the
+only way to use @code{c-initialization-hook}. Their values aren't
+overwritten when @ccmode{} gets loaded.
+
+Here's a simplified example of what you can add to your @file{.emacs}
+file to do things whenever any @ccmode{} language is edited. See the
+Emacs manuals for more information on customizing Emacs via hooks.
+@xref{Sample .emacs File}, for a more complete sample @file{.emacs}
+file.
+
+@example
+(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
+ ;; my customizations for all of c-mode and related modes
+ (no-case-fold-search)
+ )
+(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
+@end example
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Style Variables, Styles, CC Hooks, Config Basics
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Style Variables
+@cindex styles
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+@cindex style variables
+The variables that @ccmode{}'s style system control are called
+@dfn{style variables}. Note that style variables are ordinary Lisp
+variables, which the style system initializes; you can change their
+values at any time (e.g. in a hook function). The style system can
+also also set other variables, to some extent. @xref{Styles}.
+
+@dfn{Style variables} are handled specially in several ways:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Style variables are by default buffer-local variables. However, they
+can instead be made global by setting
+@code{c-style-variables-are-local-p} to @code{nil} before @ccmode{} is
+initialized.
+
+@item
+@vindex c-old-style-variable-behavior
+@vindex old-style-variable-behavior (c-)
+The default global binding of any style variable (with two exceptions
+- see below) is the special symbol @code{set-from-style}. When the
+style system initializes a buffer-local copy of a style variable for a
+@ccmode{} buffer, if its global binding is still that symbol then it
+will be set from the current style. Otherwise it will retain its
+global default@footnote{This is a big change from versions of
+@ccmode{} earlier than 5.26, where such settings would get overridden
+by the style system unless special precautions were taken. That was
+changed since it was counterintuitive and confusing, especially to
+novice users. If your configuration depends on the old overriding
+behavior, you can set the variable
+@code{c-old-style-variable-behavior} to non-@code{nil}.}. This
+``otherwise'' happens, for example, when you've set the variable with
+@code{setq} at the top level of your @file{.emacs} (@pxref{Config
+Basics}).
+
+@item
+The style variable @code{c-offsets-alist} (@pxref{c-offsets-alist}) is
+an association list with an element for each syntactic symbol. It's
+handled a little differently from the other style variables. It's
+default global binding is the empty list @code{nil}, rather than
+@code{set-from-style}. Before the style system is initialized, you
+can add individual elements to @code{c-offsets-alist} by calling
+@code{c-set-offset}(@pxref{c-offsets-alist}) just like you would set
+other style variables with @code{setq}. Those elements will then
+prevail when the style system later initializes a buffer-local copy of
+@code{c-offsets-alist}.
+
+@item
+The style variable @code{c-special-indent-hook} is also handled in a
+special way. Styles can only add functions to this hook, not remove
+them, so any global settings you put on it are always
+preserved@footnote{This did not change in version 5.26.}. The value
+you give this variable in a style definition can be either a function
+or a list of functions.
+
+@item
+The global bindings of the style variables get captured in the special
+@code{user} style when the style system is first initialized.
+@xref{Built-in Styles}, for details.
+@end itemize
+
+The style variables are:@*
+@code{c-indent-comment-alist},
+@code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} (@pxref{Indentation
+Commands});@*
+@code{c-doc-comment-style} (@pxref{Doc Comments});@*
+@code{c-block-comment-prefix}, @code{c-comment-prefix-regexp}
+(@pxref{Custom Filling and Breaking});@*
+@code{c-hanging-braces-alist} (@pxref{Hanging Braces});@*
+@code{c-hanging-colons-alist} (@pxref{Hanging Colons});@*
+@code{c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria} (@pxref{Hanging Semicolons and
+Commas});@*
+@code{c-cleanup-list} (@pxref{Clean-ups});@*
+@code{c-basic-offset} (@pxref{Customizing Indentation});@*
+@code{c-offsets-alist} (@pxref{c-offsets-alist});@*
+@code{c-comment-only-line-offset} (@pxref{Comment Line-Up});@*
+@code{c-special-indent-hook}, @code{c-label-minimum-indentation}
+(@pxref{Other Indentation});@*
+@code{c-backslash-column}, @code{c-backslash-max-column}
+(@pxref{Custom Macros}).
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Styles, , Style Variables, Config Basics
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Styles
+@cindex styles
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+Most people only need to edit code formatted in just a few well-defined
+and consistent styles. For example, their organization might impose a
+``blessed'' style that all its programmers must conform to. Similarly,
+people who work on GNU software will have to use the GNU coding style.
+Some shops are more lenient, allowing a variety of coding styles, and as
+programmers come and go, there could be a number of styles in use. For
+this reason, @ccmode{} makes it convenient for you to set up logical
+groupings of customizations called @dfn{styles}, associate a single name
+for any particular style, and pretty easily start editing new or
+existing code using these styles.
+
+@menu
+* Built-in Styles::
+* Choosing a Style::
+* Adding Styles::
+* File Styles::
+@end menu
+
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Built-in Styles, Choosing a Style, Styles, Styles
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Built-in Styles
+@cindex styles, built-in
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+If you're lucky, one of @ccmode{}'s built-in styles might be just
+what you're looking for. These are:
+
+@table @code
+@item gnu
+@cindex GNU style
+Coding style blessed by the Free Software Foundation
+for C code in GNU programs.
+
+@item k&r
+@cindex K&R style
+The classic Kernighan and Ritchie style for C code.
+
+@item bsd
+@cindex BSD style
+Also known as ``Allman style'' after Eric Allman.
+
+@item whitesmith
+@cindex Whitesmith style
+Popularized by the examples that came with Whitesmiths C, an early
+commercial C compiler.
+
+@item stroustrup
+@cindex Stroustrup style
+The classic Stroustrup style for C++ code.
+
+@item ellemtel
+@cindex Ellemtel style
+Popular C++ coding standards as defined by ``Programming in C++, Rules
+and Recommendations,'' Erik Nyquist and Mats Henricson,
+Ellemtel@footnote{This document is available at
+@uref{http://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/lab/cplus/c++.rules/} among other
+places.}.
+@c N.B. This URL was still valid at 2005/8/28 (ACM).
+
+@item linux
+@cindex Linux style
+C coding standard for Linux (the kernel).
+@item python
+@cindex Python style
+C coding standard for Python extension modules@footnote{Python is a
+high level scripting language with a C/C++ foreign function interface.
+For more information, see @uref{http://www.python.org/}.}.
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Commands, Customizing Indentation, Font Locking, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Commands
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@item java
+@cindex Java style
+The style for editing Java code. Note that the default
+value for @code{c-default-style} installs this style when you enter
+@code{java-mode}.
-@menu
-* Indentation Commands::
-* Movement Commands::
-* Other Commands::
-@end menu
+@item awk
+@cindex AWK style
+The style for editing AWK code. Note that the default value for
+@code{c-default-style} installs this style when you enter
+@code{awk-mode}.
-See also @ref{Text Filling and Line Breaking} and @ref{Macro Handling},
-for commands concerning those bits.
+@item user
+@cindex User style
+This is a special style created by you. It consists of the factory
+defaults for all the style variables as modified by the customizations
+you do either with the Customization interface or by writing
+@code{setq}s and @code{c-set-offset}s at the top level of your
+@file{.emacs} file (@pxref{Config Basics}). The style system creates
+this style as part of its initialization and doesn't modify it
+afterwards.
+@end table
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Indentation Commands, Movement Commands, , Commands
-@comment node-name, next, previous,up
-@section Indentation Commands
+@node Choosing a Style, Adding Styles, Built-in Styles, Styles
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Choosing a Style
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-The following list of commands reindent C constructs. Note that when
-you change your coding style, either interactively or through some other
-means, your file does @emph{not} automatically get reindented. You
-will need to execute one of the following commands to see the effects of
-your changes.
-
-@cindex GNU indent program
-Also, variables like @code{c-hanging-*} and @code{c-cleanup-list}
-only affect how on-the-fly code is formatted. Changing the
-``hanginess'' of a brace and then reindenting, will not move the brace
-to a different line. For this, you're better off getting an external
-program like GNU @code{indent}, which will rearrange brace location,
-among other things.
-
-Reindenting large sections of code can take a long time. When
-@ccmode{} reindents a region of code, it is essentially equivalent to
-hitting @kbd{TAB} on every line of the region.
-
-These commands are useful when indenting code:
+Use @kbd{C-c .} to choose a style interactively:
-@table @asis
-@item @kbd{TAB} (@code{c-indent-command})
-@kindex TAB
-@findex c-indent-command
-@findex indent-command (c-)
-Indents the current line. The actual behavior is controlled by several
-variables, described below. See @code{c-tab-always-indent},
-@code{c-insert-tab-function}, and @code{indent-tabs-mode}. With a
-numeric argument, this command rigidly indents the region, preserving
-the relative indentation among the lines.
+@deffn Command c-set-style style-name
+@findex set-style (c-)
+@kindex C-c .
+Switch to the specified style in the current buffer. Use
+interactively like this:
-@item @kbd{C-M-q} (@code{c-indent-exp})
-@kindex C-M-q
-@findex c-indent-exp
-@findex indent-exp (c-)
-Indent an entire balanced brace or parenthesis expression. Note that
-point must be on the opening brace or parenthesis of the expression you
-want to indent.
+@example
+@kbd{C-c . @var{style-name} @key{RET}}
+@end example
-@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{c-indent-defun})
-@kindex C-c C-q
-@findex c-indent-defun
-@findex indent-defun (c-)
-Indents the entire top-level function, class or macro definition
-encompassing point. It leaves point unchanged. This function can't be
-used to reindent a nested brace construct, such as a nested class or
-function, or a Java method. The top-level construct being reindented
-must be complete, i.e., it must have both a beginning brace and an ending
-brace.
+You can use the @key{TAB} in the normal way to do completion on the
+style name. Note that all style names are case insensitive, even the
+ones you define yourself.
-@item @kbd{C-M-\} (@code{indent-region})
-@kindex C-M-\
-@findex indent-region
-Indents an arbitrary region of code. This is a standard Emacs command,
-tailored for C code in a @ccmode{} buffer. Note, of course, that point
-and mark must delineate the region you want to indent.
+Setting a style in this way does @emph{not} automatically reindent your
+file. For commands that you can use to view the effect of your changes,
+see @ref{Indentation Commands} and @ref{Filling and Breaking}.
+@end deffn
-@item @kbd{M-;} (@code{indent-for-comment})
-@kindex M-;
-@findex indent-for-comment
-Insert a comment at the end of the current line, if none is there already.
-Then reindent the comment according to the variables
-@code{c-indent-comment-alist}, @code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p}
-and @code{comment-column}. Then position the point after the comment
-starter. This is a standard Emacs command, but @ccmode{} enhances it a
-bit with two variables:
+The default style in all newly created buffers is @code{gnu}, except
+in Java and AWK modes where it's @code{java} and @code{awk}.
-@defopt c-indent-comment-alist
-@vindex indent-comment-alist (c-)
-@vindex comment-column
-This style variable allows you to control which column @kbd{M-;}
-indents the comment to, depending on the preceding code and the
-indentation of a similar comment on the preceding line, if there is
-any. It is an association list that maps different types of lines to
-actions describing how they should be handled. If a certain line type
-isn't present on the list then the line is indented to the column
-specified by @code{comment-column}. See the documentation string for
-@code{c-indent-comment-alist} for a full description of the available
-line types and actions (use @kbd{C-h v c-indent-comment-alist}).
-@end defopt
+Remember that if you set a style variable with the Customization
+interface or at the top level of your @file{.emacs} file before the
+style system is initialised (@pxref{Config Basics}), this setting will
+override the one that the style system would have given the variable.
-@defopt c-indent-comments-syntactically-p
-@vindex indent-comments-syntactically-p (c-)
-Normally, when this variable is @code{nil}, @kbd{M-;} will indent
-comment-only lines according to @code{c-indent-comment-alist}, just as
-it does with lines where other code precede the comments. However, if
-you want it to act just like @kbd{TAB} for comment-only lines you can
-get that by setting @code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} to
-non-@code{nil}.
+@defopt c-default-style
+@vindex default-style (c-)
+This variable specifies which style to install by default in new
+buffers. It takes either a style name string, or an association list
+of major mode symbols to style names:
-If @code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} is non-@code{nil} then
-@code{c-indent-comment-alist} won't be consulted at all for comment-only
-lines.
-@end defopt
+@enumerate
+@item
+When @code{c-default-style} is a string, it must be an existing style
+name. This style is then used for all modes.
-@item @kbd{C-M-h} (@code{c-mark-function})
-@kindex C-M-h
-@findex c-mark-function
-@findex mark-function (c-)
-While not strictly an indentation command, this is useful for marking
-the current top-level function or class definition as the current
-region. As with @code{c-indent-defun}, this command operates on
-top-level constructs, and can't be used to mark say, a Java method.
-@end table
+@item
+When @code{c-default-style} is an association list, the mode language
+is looked up to find a style name string.
-These variables are also useful when indenting code:
+@item
+If @code{c-default-style} is an association list where the mode
+language mode isn't found then the special symbol @samp{other} is
+looked up. If it's found then the associated style is used.
-@defopt c-tab-always-indent
-@vindex tab-always-indent (c-)
-@kindex TAB
-@cindex literal
-This variable controls how @kbd{TAB} (@code{c-indent-command})
-operates. When it is @code{t}, @kbd{TAB} always indents the current
-line. When it is @code{nil}, the line is indented only if point is at
-the left margin, or on or before the first non-whitespace character on
-the line, otherwise some whitespace is inserted. If this variable is
-some other value (not @code{nil} or @code{t}), then some whitespace is
-inserted only within strings and comments (literals), but the line is
-always reindented.
-@end defopt
+@item
+If @samp{other} is not found then the @samp{gnu} style is used.
+@end enumerate
-@defopt c-insert-tab-function
-@vindex insert-tab-function (c-)
-@findex tab-to-tab-stop
-When ``some whitespace'' is inserted as described above, what actually
-happens is that the function stored in @code{c-insert-tab-function} is
-called. Normally, this just inserts a real tab character, or the
-equivalent number of spaces, depending on @code{indent-tabs-mode}.
-Some people, however, set @code{c-insert-tab-function} to
-@code{tab-to-tab-stop} so as to get hard tab stops when indenting.
-@end defopt
+In all cases, the style described in @code{c-default-style} is installed
+@emph{before} the language hooks are run, so you can always override
+this setting by including an explicit call to @code{c-set-style} in your
+language mode hook, or in @code{c-mode-common-hook}.
-@defopt indent-tabs-mode
-This is a standard Emacs variable that controls how line indentation
-is composed. When it's non-@code{nil}, tabs can be used in a line's
-indentation, otherwise only spaces can be used.
+The standard value of @code{c-default-style} is @w{@code{((java-mode
+. "java") (awk-mode . "awk") (other . "gnu"))}}.
@end defopt
-@defopt c-progress-interval
-@vindex progress-interval (c-)
-When indenting large regions of code, this variable controls how often a
-progress message is displayed. Set this variable to @code{nil} to
-inhibit the progress messages, or set it to an integer which is how
-often (in seconds) progress messages are to be displayed.
-@end defopt
+@defvar c-indentation-style
+@vindex indentation-style (c-)
+This variable always contains the buffer's current style name, as a
+string.
+@end defvar
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Movement Commands, Other Commands, Indentation Commands, Commands
+@node Adding Styles, File Styles, Choosing a Style, Styles
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Movement Commands
-@cindex movement
+@subsection Adding and Amending Styles
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@ccmode{} contains some useful commands for moving around in C
-code.
+If none of the built-in styles is appropriate, you'll probably want to
+create a new @dfn{style definition}, possibly based on an existing
+style. To do this, put the new style's settings into a list with the
+following format - the list can then be passed as an argument to the
+function @code{c-add-style}. You can see an example of a style
+definition in @ref{Sample .emacs File}.
+@cindex style definition
+@c @defvr {List} style definition
@table @asis
-@item @kbd{M-x c-beginning-of-defun}
-@findex c-beginning-of-defun
-@findex beginning-of-defun (c-)
-@findex beginning-of-defun
-Move point back to the least-enclosing brace. This function is
-analogous to the Emacs built-in command @code{beginning-of-defun},
-except it eliminates the constraint that the top-level opening brace
-must be in column zero. See @code{beginning-of-defun} for more
-information.
-
-Depending on the coding style being used, you might prefer
-@code{c-beginning-of-defun} to @code{beginning-of-defun}. If so,
-consider binding @kbd{C-M-a} to the former instead. For backwards
-compatibility reasons, the default binding remains in effect.
-
-In AWK mode, a defun doesn't necessarily have braces at all. AWK Mode
-therefore has its own version of this function which is bound by
-default to @kbd{C-M-a}. You can thus chose freely which function to
-bind to @kbd{C-M-a} for the other modes without worrying about AWK
-buffers. @xref{AWK Mode Defuns}.
-
-@item @kbd{M-x c-end-of-defun}
-@findex c-end-of-defun
-@findex end-of-defun (c-)
-@findex end-of-defun
-Moves point to the end of the current top-level definition. This
-function is analogous to the Emacs built-in command @code{end-of-defun},
-except it eliminates the constraint that the top-level opening brace of
-the defun must be in column zero. See @code{end-of-defun} for more
-information.
-
-Depending on the coding style being used, you might prefer
-@code{c-end-of-defun} to @code{end-of-defun}. If so,
-consider binding @kbd{C-M-e} to the former instead. For backwards
-compatibility reasons, the default binding remains in effect.
-
-In AWK Mode, a defun doesn't necessarily have braces at all. AWK Mode
-therefore has its own version of this function which is bound by
-default to @kbd{C-M-e}. You can thus chose freely which function to
-bind to @kbd{C-M-e} for the other modes without worrying about AWK
-buffers. @ref{AWK Mode Defuns}.
-
-@item @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{c-up-conditional})
-@kindex C-c C-u
-@findex c-up-conditional
-@findex up-conditional (c-)
-Move point back to the containing preprocessor conditional, leaving the
-mark behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a negative
-argument, move point forward to the end of the containing
-preprocessor conditional.
-
-@samp{#elif} is treated like @samp{#else} followed by @samp{#if}, so the
-function stops at them when going backward, but not when going forward.
-
-@item @kbd{M-x c-up-conditional-with-else}
-@findex c-up-conditional-with-else
-@findex up-conditional-with-else (c-)
-A variety of @code{c-up-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
-lines. Normally those lines are ignored.
-
-@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional}
-@findex c-down-conditional
-@findex down-conditional (c-)
-Move point forward into the next nested preprocessor conditional,
-leaving the mark behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count.
-With a negative argument, move point backward into the previous
-nested preprocessor conditional.
-
-@samp{#elif} is treated like @samp{#else} followed by @samp{#if}, so the
-function stops at them when going forward, but not when going backward.
-
-@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional-with-else}
-@findex c-down-conditional-with-else
-@findex down-conditional-with-else (c-)
-A variety of @code{c-down-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
-lines. Normally those lines are ignored.
-
-@item @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{c-backward-conditional})
-@kindex C-c C-p
-@findex c-backward-conditional
-@findex backward-conditional (c-)
-Move point back over a preprocessor conditional, leaving the mark
-behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a negative
-argument, move forward.
-
-@item @kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{c-forward-conditional})
-@kindex C-c C-n
-@findex c-forward-conditional
-@findex forward-conditional (c-)
-Move point forward across a preprocessor conditional, leaving the mark
-behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a negative
-argument, move backward.
+@item Structure of a Style Definition List
+([@var{base-style}] [(@var{variable} . @var{value}) @dots{}])
-@item @kbd{M-a} (@code{c-beginning-of-statement})
-@kindex M-a
-@findex c-beginning-of-statement
-@findex beginning-of-statement (c-)
-Move point to the beginning of the innermost C statement. If point is
-already at the beginning of a statement, move to the beginning of the
-closest preceding statement, even if that means moving into a block (you
-can use @kbd{C-M-b} to move over a balanced block). With prefix
-argument @var{n}, move back @var{n} @minus{} 1 statements.
+Optional @var{base-style}, if present, must be a string which is the
+name of the @dfn{base style} from which this style inherits. At most
+one @var{base-style} is allowed in a style definition. If
+@var{base-style} is not specified, the style inherits from the table
+of factory default values@footnote{This table is stored internally in
+the variable c-fallback-style.} instead. All styles eventually
+inherit from this internal table. Style loops generate errors. The
+list of pre-existing styles can be seen in @ref{Built-in Styles}.
-If point is within or next to a comment or a string which spans more
-than one line, this command moves by sentences instead of statements.
+The dotted pairs (@var{variable} . @var{value}) each consist of a
+variable and the value it is to be set to when the style is later
+activated.@footnote{Note that if the variable has been given a value
+by the Customization interface or a @code{setq} at the top level of
+your @file{.emacs}, this value will override the one the style system
+tries to give it. @xref{Config Basics}.} The variable can be either a
+@ccmode{} style variable or an arbitrary Emacs variable. In the
+latter case, it is @emph{not} made buffer-local by the @ccmode{} style
+system.
+@c @end defvr
-When called from a program, this function takes three optional
-arguments: the repetition count, a buffer position limit which is the
-farthest back to search for the syntactic context, and a flag saying
-whether to do sentence motion in or near comments and multiline strings.
+Two variables are treated specially in the dotted pair list:
-@item @kbd{M-e} (@code{c-end-of-statement})
-@kindex M-e
-@findex c-end-of-statement
-@findex end-of-statement (c-)
-Move point to the end of the innermost C statement. If point is at the
-end of a statement, move to the end of the next statement, even if it's
-inside a nested block (use @kbd{C-M-f} to move to the other side of the
-block). With prefix argument @var{n}, move forward @var{n} @minus{} 1
-statements.
+@table @code
+@item c-offsets-alist
+The value is in turn a list of dotted pairs of the form
-If point is within or next to a comment or a string which spans more
-than one line, this command moves by sentences instead of statements.
+@example
+(@r{@var{syntactic-symbol}} . @r{@var{offset}})
+@end example
-When called from a program, this function takes three optional
-arguments: the repetition count, a buffer position limit which is the
-farthest back to search for the syntactic context, and a flag saying
-whether to do sentence motion in or near comments and multiline strings.
+as described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}. These are passed to
+@code{c-set-offset} so there is no need to set every syntactic symbol
+in your style, only those that are different from the inherited style.
-@item @kbd{M-x c-forward-into-nomenclature}
-@findex c-forward-into-nomenclature
-@findex forward-into-nomenclature (c-)
-A popular programming style, especially for object-oriented languages
-such as C++ is to write symbols in a mixed case format, where the first
-letter of each word is capitalized, and not separated by underscores.
-e.g., @samp{SymbolsWithMixedCaseAndNoUnderlines}.
+@item c-special-indent-hook
+The value is added to @code{c-special-indent-hook} using
+@code{add-hook}, so any functions already on it are kept. If the value
+is a list, each element of the list is added with @code{add-hook}.
+@end table
+@end table
-This command moves point forward to next capitalized word. With prefix
-argument @var{n}, move @var{n} times.
+Styles are kept in the @code{c-style-alist} variable, but you
+should never modify this variable directly. Instead, @ccmode{}
+provides the function @code{c-add-style} for this purpose.
-@item @kbd{M-x c-backward-into-nomenclature}
-@findex c-backward-into-nomenclature
-@findex backward-into-nomenclature (c-)
-Move point backward to beginning of the next capitalized
-word. With prefix argument @var{n}, move @var{n} times. If
-@var{n} is negative, move forward.
-@end table
+@defun c-add-style stylename description &optional set-p
+@findex add-style (c-)
+Add or update a style called @var{stylename}, a string.
+@var{description} is the new style definition in the form described
+above. If @var{stylename} already exists in @code{c-style-alist} then
+it is replaced by @var{description}. (Note, this replacement is
+total. The old style is @emph{not} merged into the new one.)
+Otherwise, a new style is added.
+If the optional @var{set-p} is non-@code{nil} then the new style is
+applied to the current buffer as well. The use of this facility is
+deprecated and it might be removed from @ccmode{} in a future release.
+You should use @code{c-set-style} instead.
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Other Commands, , Movement Commands, Commands
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Other Commands
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+The sample @file{.emacs} file provides a concrete example of how a new
+style can be added and automatically set. @xref{Sample .emacs File}.
+@end defun
-Here are the various other commands that didn't fit anywhere else:
+@defvar c-style-alist
+@vindex style-alist (c-)
+This is the variable that holds the definitions for the styles. It
+should not be changed directly; use @code{c-add-style} instead.
+@end defvar
-@table @asis
-@item @kbd{C-c :} (@code{c-scope-operator})
-@kindex C-c :
-@findex c-scope-operator
-@findex scope-operator (c-)
-In C++, it is also sometimes desirable to insert the double-colon scope
-operator without performing the electric behavior of colon insertion.
-@kbd{C-c :} does just this.
-@end table
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Customizing Indentation, Syntactic Symbols, Commands, Top
+@node File Styles, , Adding Styles, Styles
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Customizing Indentation
-@cindex customization, indentation
-@cindex indentation
+@subsection File Styles
+@cindex styles, file local
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-The context sensitive indentation is mainly controlled by the variable
-@code{c-offsets-alist}:
+@cindex file local variables
-@defopt c-offsets-alist
-@vindex offsets-alist (c-)
-This special style variable contains the mappings between syntactic
-symbols and the offsets to apply for those symbols. It's set at mode
-initialization from a @emph{style} you may specify. Styles are
-groupings of syntactic symbol offsets and other style variable values.
-Most likely, you'll find that one of the predefined styles will suit
-your needs. @xref{Styles}, for an explanation of how to set up named
-styles.
-
-Only syntactic symbols not already bound on @code{c-offsets-alist} will
-be set from styles. This means that any association you set on it, be
-it before or after mode initialization, will not be changed. The
-@code{c-offsets-alist} variable may therefore be used from e.g., the
-Customization interface@footnote{Available in Emacs 20 and later, and
-XEmacs 19.15 and later.} to easily change indentation offsets without
-having to bother about styles. Initially @code{c-offsets-alist} is
-empty, so that all syntactic symbols are set by the style system.
-
-The offset associated with any particular syntactic symbol can be an
-integer, a function or lambda expression, a variable name, a vector, a
-list, or one of the following special symbols: @code{+}, @code{-},
-@code{++}, @code{--}, @code{*}, or @code{/}. The meaning of these
-values are described in detail below.
-@end defopt
+The Emacs manual describes how you can customize certain variables on a
+per-file basis by including a @dfn{file local variable} block at the end
+of the file (@pxref{File Variables,, Local Variables in Files, @emacsman{},
+@emacsmantitle{}}).
-The special symbols describe an offset in multiples of the value of
-@code{c-basic-offset}:
+So far, you've only seen a functional interface for setting styles in
+@ccmode{}, and this can't be used here. @ccmode{} fills the gap by
+providing two variables for use in a file's local variable list.
+Don't use them anywhere else! These allow you to customize the style
+on a per-file basis:
-@defopt c-basic-offset
-@vindex basic-offset (c-)
-Style variable that holds the basic offset between indentation levels.
-@end defopt
+@defvar c-file-style
+@vindex file-style (c-)
+Set this variable to a style name string in the Local Variables list.
+From now on, when you visit the file, @ccmode{} will automatically set
+the file's style to this one using @code{c-set-style}.
+@end defvar
-By defining a style's indentation in terms of @code{c-basic-offset},
-you can change the amount of whitespace given to an indentation level
-while maintaining the same basic shape of your code. Here are the
-values that the special symbols correspond to:
+@defvar c-file-offsets
+@vindex file-offsets (c-)
+Set this variable (in the Local Variables list) to an association list
+of the same format as @code{c-offsets-alist}. From now on, when you
+visit the file, @ccmode{} will automatically institute these offsets
+using @code{c-set-offset}.
+@end defvar
-@table @code
-@item +
-@code{c-basic-offset} times 1
-@item -
-@code{c-basic-offset} times -1
-@item ++
-@code{c-basic-offset} times 2
-@item --
-@code{c-basic-offset} times -2
-@item *
-@code{c-basic-offset} times 0.5
-@item /
-@code{c-basic-offset} times -0.5
-@end table
+Note that file style settings (i.e. @code{c-file-style}) are applied
+before file offset settings
+(i.e. @code{c-file-offsets})@footnote{Also, if either of these are set
+in a file's local variable section, all the style variable values are
+made local to that buffer, even if
+@code{c-style-variables-are-local-p} is @code{nil}. Since this
+variable is virtually always non-@code{nil} anyhow, you're unlikely to
+notice this effect.}.
+
+If you set any variables, including style variables, by the file local
+variables mechanism, these settings take priority over all other
+settings, even those in your mode hooks (@pxref{CC Hooks}). If you
+use @code{c-file-style} or @code{c-file-offsets} and also explicitly
+set a style variable in a local variable block, the explicit setting
+will take priority.
-@cindex indentation functions
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Custom Filling and Breaking, Custom Auto-newlines, Config Basics, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Customizing Filling and Line Breaking
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-When a function is used as offset, it's called an @dfn{indentation
-function}. Such functions are useful when more context than just the
-syntactic symbol is needed to get the desired indentation.
-@xref{Indentation Functions}, and @ref{Custom Indentation Functions},
-for details about them.
+Since there's a lot of normal text in comments and string literals,
+@ccmode{} provides features to edit these like in text mode. It does
+this by hooking in on the different line breaking functions and tuning
+relevant variables as necessary.
-If the offset is a vector, its first element sets the absolute
-indentation column, which will override any previous relative
-indentation. It won't override additional relative indentation for
-nested constructs, though.
+@vindex c-comment-prefix-regexp
+@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-)
+@cindex comment line prefix
+@vindex comment-start
+@vindex comment-end
+@vindex comment-start-skip
+@vindex paragraph-start
+@vindex paragraph-separate
+@vindex paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix
+@vindex adaptive-fill-mode
+@vindex adaptive-fill-regexp
+@vindex adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp
+To make Emacs recognize comments and treat text in them as normal
+paragraphs, @ccmode{} makes several standard
+variables@footnote{@code{comment-start}, @code{comment-end},
+@code{comment-start-skip}, @code{paragraph-start},
+@code{paragraph-separate}, @code{paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix},
+@code{adaptive-fill-mode}, @code{adaptive-fill-regexp}, and
+@code{adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp}.} buffer-local and modifies them
+according to the language syntax and the comment line prefix.
-@vindex c-strict-syntax-p
-@vindex strict-syntax-p (c-)
-The offset can also be a list, in which case it is evaluated recursively
-using the semantics described above. The first element of the list that
-returns a non-@code{nil} value succeeds and the evaluation stops. If
-none of the list elements return a non-@code{nil} value, then an offset
-of 0 (zero) is used@footnote{There is however a variable
-@code{c-strict-syntax-p} that, when set to non-@code{nil}, will cause an
-error to be signaled in that case. It's now considered obsolete since
-it doesn't work well with some of the alignment functions that now
-returns @code{nil} instead of zero to be more usable in lists. You
-should therefore leave @code{c-strict-syntax-p} set to @code{nil}.}.
+@defopt c-comment-prefix-regexp
+@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-)
+This style variable contains the regexp used to recognize the
+@dfn{comment line prefix}, which is the line decoration that starts
+every line in a comment. The variable is either the comment line
+prefix itself, or (more usually) an association list with different
+values for different languages. The symbol for the major mode is
+looked up in the alist to get the regexp for the language, and if it
+isn't found then the special symbol @samp{other} is looked up instead.
-So, for example, because most of the default offsets are defined in
-terms of @code{+}, @code{-}, and @code{0}, if you like the general
-indentation style, but you use 4 spaces instead of 2 spaces per level,
-you can probably achieve your style just by changing
-@code{c-basic-offset} like so@footnote{You can try this interactively in
-a C buffer by typing the text that appears in italics.}:
+When a comment line gets divided by @kbd{M-j} or the like, @ccmode{}
+inserts the comment line prefix from a neighbouring line at the start
+of the new line. The default value of c-comment-prefix-regexp is
+@samp{//+\\|\\**}, which matches C++ style line comments like
@example
-@emph{M-x set-variable RET}
-Set variable: @emph{c-basic-offset RET}
-Set c-basic-offset to value: @emph{4 RET}
+// blah blah
@end example
@noindent
-This would change
+with two or more slashes in front of them, and the second and
+subsequent lines of C style block comments like
@example
@group
-int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
-@{
- if( doit )
- @{
- return( val + incr );
- @}
- return( val );
-@}
+/*
+ * blah blah
+ */
@end group
@end example
@noindent
-to
-
-@example
-@group
-int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
-@{
- if( doit )
- @{
- return( val + incr );
- @}
- return( val );
-@}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-To change indentation styles more radically, you will want to change the
-offsets associated with other syntactic symbols. First, I'll show you
-how to do that interactively, then I'll describe how to make changes to
-your @file{.emacs} file so that your changes are more permanent.
-
-@menu
-* Interactive Customization::
-* Permanent Customization::
-* Hooks::
-* Styles::
-* Advanced Customizations::
-@end menu
+with zero or more stars at the beginning of every line. If you change
+this variable, please make sure it still matches the comment starter
+(i.e. @code{//}) of line comments @emph{and} the line prefix inside
+block comments.
+@findex c-setup-paragraph-variables
+@findex setup-paragraph-variables (c-)
+Also note that since @ccmode{} uses the value of
+@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to set up several other variables at
+mode initialization, there won't be any effect if you just change it
+inside a @ccmode{} buffer. You need to call the command
+@code{c-setup-paragraph-variables} too, to update those other
+variables. That's also the case if you modify
+@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} in a mode hook, since @ccmode{} will
+already have set up these variables before calling the hook.
+@end defopt
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Interactive Customization, Permanent Customization, , Customizing Indentation
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Interactive Customization
-@cindex customization, interactive
-@cindex interactive customization
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+In comments, @ccmode{} uses @code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to adapt
+the line prefix from the other lines in the comment.
-As an example of how to customize indentation, let's change the
-style of this example@footnote{In this and subsequent examples, the
-original code is formatted using the @samp{gnu} style unless otherwise
-indicated. @xref{Styles}.}:
+@vindex adaptive-fill-mode
+@cindex Adaptive Fill mode
+@ccmode{} uses adaptive fill mode (@pxref{Adaptive Fill,,, emacs, GNU
+Emacs Manual}) to make Emacs correctly keep the line prefix when
+filling paragraphs. That also makes Emacs preserve the text
+indentation @emph{inside} the comment line prefix. E.g. in the
+following comment, both paragraphs will be filled with the left
+margins of the texts kept intact:
@example
@group
- 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
- 2: @{
- 3: if( doit )
- 4: @{
- 5: return( val + incr );
- 6: @}
- 7: return( val );
- 8: @}
+/* Make a balanced b-tree of the nodes in the incoming
+ * stream. But, to quote the famous words of Donald E.
+ * Knuth,
+ *
+ * Beware of bugs in the above code; I have only
+ * proved it correct, not tried it.
+ */
@end group
@end example
-@noindent
-to:
+@findex c-setup-filladapt
+@findex setup-filladapt (c-)
+@findex filladapt-mode
+@vindex filladapt-mode
+@cindex Filladapt mode
+It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages, notably Kyle
+E. Jones' Filladapt package@footnote{It's available from
+@uref{http://www.wonderworks.com/}. As of version 2.12, it does however
+lack a feature that makes it work suboptimally when
+@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} matches the empty string (which it does
+by default). A patch for that is available from
+@uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/,, the CC Mode web site}.},
+@c 2005/11/22: The above is still believed to be the case.
+which handles things like bulleted lists nicely. There's a convenience
+function @code{c-setup-filladapt} that tunes the relevant variables in
+Filladapt for use in @ccmode{}. Call it from a mode hook, e.g. with
+something like this in your @file{.emacs}:
@example
-@group
- 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
- 2: @{
- 3: if( doit )
- 4: @{
- 5: return( val + incr );
- 6: @}
- 7: return( val );
- 8: @}
-@end group
+(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
+ (c-setup-filladapt)
+ (filladapt-mode 1))
+(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
@end example
-In other words, we want to change the indentation of braces that open a
-block following a condition so that the braces line up under the
-conditional, instead of being indented. Notice that the construct we
-want to change starts on line 4. To change the indentation of a line,
-we need to see which syntactic components affect the offset calculations
-for that line. Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 4 yields:
+@defopt c-block-comment-prefix
+@vindex block-comment-prefix (c-)
+@vindex c-comment-continuation-stars
+@vindex comment-continuation-stars (c-)
+Normally the comment line prefix inserted for a new line inside a
+comment is deduced from other lines in it. However there's one
+situation when there's no hint about what the prefix should look like,
+namely when a block comment is broken for the first time. This style
+variable@footnote{In versions before 5.26, this variable was called
+@code{c-comment-continuation-stars}. As a compatibility measure,
+@ccmode{} still uses the value on that variable if it's set.} is used
+then as the comment prefix. It defaults to @samp{*
+}@footnote{Actually, this default setting of
+@code{c-block-comment-prefix} typically gets overriden by the default
+style @code{gnu}, which sets it to blank. You can see the line
+splitting effect described here by setting a different style,
+e.g. @code{k&r} @xref{Choosing a Style}.}, which makes a comment
@example
-((substatement-open 44))
+/* Got O(n^2) here, which is a Bad Thing. */
@end example
@noindent
-so we know that to change the offset of the open brace, we need to
-change the indentation for the @code{substatement-open} syntactic
-symbol.
-
-To do this interactively, just hit @kbd{C-c C-o}. This prompts
-you for the syntactic symbol to change, providing a reasonable default.
-In this case, the default is @code{substatement-open}, which is just the
-syntactic symbol we want to change!
-
-After you hit return, @ccmode{} will then prompt you for the new
-offset value, with the old value as the default. The default in this
-case is @samp{+}, but we want no extra indentation so enter
-@samp{0} and @kbd{RET}. This will associate the offset 0 with the
-syntactic symbol @code{substatement-open}.
-
-To check your changes quickly, just hit @kbd{C-c C-q}
-(@code{c-indent-defun}) to reindent the entire function. The example
-should now look like:
+break into
@example
@group
- 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
- 2: @{
- 3: if( doit )
- 4: @{
- 5: return( val + incr );
- 6: @}
- 7: return( val );
- 8: @}
+/* Got O(n^2) here, which
+ * is a Bad Thing. */
@end group
@end example
-Notice how just changing the open brace offset on line 4 is all we
-needed to do. Since the other affected lines are indented relative to
-line 4, they are automatically indented the way you'd expect. For more
-complicated examples, this may not always work. The general approach to
-take is to always start adjusting offsets for lines higher up in the
-file, then reindent and see if any following lines need further
-adjustments.
+Note that it won't work to adjust the indentation by putting leading
+spaces in @code{c-block-comment-prefix}, since @ccmode{} still uses the
+normal indentation engine to indent the line. Thus, the right way to
+fix the indentation is by customizing the @code{c} syntactic symbol. It
+defaults to @code{c-lineup-C-comments}, which handles the indentation of
+most common comment styles, see @ref{Line-Up Functions}.
+@end defopt
-@deffn Command c-set-offset symbol offset
-@findex set-offset (c-)
-@kindex C-c C-o
-This is the command bound to @kbd{C-c C-o}. It provides a convenient
-way to set offsets on @code{c-offsets-alist} both interactively (see
-the example above) and from your mode hook.
+@defopt c-ignore-auto-fill
+@vindex ignore-auto-fill (c-)
+When auto fill mode is enabled, @ccmode{} can selectively ignore it
+depending on the context the line break would occur in, e.g. to never
+break a line automatically inside a string literal. This variable
+takes a list of symbols for the different contexts where auto-filling
+never should occur:
-It takes two arguments when used programmatically: @var{symbol} is the
-syntactic element symbol to change and @var{offset} is the new offset
-for that syntactic element.
-@end deffn
+@table @code
+@item string
+Inside a string or character literal.
+@item c
+Inside a C style block comment.
+@item c++
+Inside a C++ style line comment.
+@item cpp
+Inside a preprocessor directive.
+@item code
+Anywhere else, i.e. in normal code.
+@end table
+
+By default, @code{c-ignore-auto-fill} is set to @code{(string cpp
+code)}, which means that when auto-fill mode is activated,
+auto-filling only occurs in comments. In literals, it's often
+desirable to have explicit control over newlines. In preprocessor
+directives, the necessary @samp{\} escape character before the newline
+is not automatically inserted, so an automatic line break would
+produce invalid code. In normal code, line breaks are normally
+dictated by some logical structure in the code rather than the last
+whitespace character, so automatic line breaks there will produce poor
+results in the current implementation.
+@end defopt
+
+@vindex comment-multi-line
+If inside a comment and @code{comment-multi-line} (@pxref{Auto Fill,,,
+@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}} is non-@code{nil}, the indentation and
+line prefix are preserved. If inside a comment and
+@code{comment-multi-line} is @code{nil}, a new comment of the same
+type is started on the next line and indented as appropriate for
+comments.
+Note that @ccmode{} sets @code{comment-multi-line} to @code{t} at
+startup. The reason is that @kbd{M-j} could otherwise produce sequences
+of single line block comments for texts that should logically be treated
+as one comment, and the rest of the paragraph handling code
+(e.g. @kbd{M-q} and @kbd{M-a}) can't cope with that, which would lead to
+inconsistent behavior.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Permanent Customization, Hooks, Interactive Customization, Customizing Indentation
+@node Custom Auto-newlines, Clean-ups, Custom Filling and Breaking, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Permanent Customization
-@cindex customization, permanent
-@cindex permanent customization
+@chapter Customizing Auto-newlines
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-To make your changes permanent, you need to add some lisp code to your
-@file{.emacs} file. @ccmode{} supports many different ways to be
-configured, from the straightforward way by setting variables globally
-in @file{.emacs} or in the Customization interface, to the complex and
-precisely controlled way by using styles and hook functions.
+@ccmode{} determines whether to insert auto-newlines in two basically
+different ways, depending on the character just typed:
+
+@table @asis
+@item Braces and Colons
+@ccmode{} first determines the syntactic context of the brace or colon
+(@pxref{Syntactic Symbols}), then looks for a corresponding element in
+an alist. This element specifies where to put newlines - this is any
+combination of before and after the brace or colon. If no alist
+element is found, newlines are inserted both before and after a brace,
+but none are inserted around a colon. See @ref{Hanging Braces} and
+@ref{Hanging Colons}.
+
+@item Semicolons and Commas
+The variable @code{c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria} contains a list of
+functions which determine whether to insert a newline after a newly
+typed semicolon or comma. @xref{Hanging Semicolons and Commas}.
+@end table
-The simplest way of customizing @ccmode{} permanently is to set the
-variables in your @file{.emacs} with @code{setq} and similar commands.
-So to make a permanent setting of @code{substatement-open} to 0, add
-this to the @file{.emacs} file:
+The names of these configuration variables contain @samp{hanging}
+because they let you @dfn{hang} the pertinent characters. A character
+which introduces a C construct is said to @dfn{hang on the right} when
+it appears at the end of a line after other code, being separated by a
+line break from the construct it introduces, like the opening brace in:
@example
@group
-(setq c-offsets-alist
- '((substatement-open . 0)))
+while (i < MAX) @{
+ total += entry[i];
+ entry [i++] = 0;
+@}
@end group
@end example
-When @ccmode{} initializes a buffer, it will fill out
-@code{c-offsets-alist} with the remaining syntactic symbols according to
-the style system.
-
-You can also use the more user friendly Customization interface, but
-this manual does not cover how that works.
-
-Variables set like this at the top level in @file{.emacs} take effect in
-all @ccmode{} buffers, regardless of language. The indentation style
-related variables, e.g., @code{c-offsets-alist}, that you don't set this
-way get their value from the style system (@pxref{Styles}), and they
-therefore depend on the setting of @code{c-default-style}. Note that if
-you use Customize, this means that the greyed-out default values
-presented there might not be the ones you actually get, since the actual
-values depend on the style, which may very well be different for
-different languages.
-
-If you want to make more advanced configurations, e.g., language-specific
-customization, setting global variables isn't enough. For that you can
-use the language hooks, see @ref{Hooks}, and/or the style system, see
-@ref{Styles}.
-
-@defopt c-style-variables-are-local-p
-@vindex style-variables-are-local-p (c-)
-By default, all style variables are buffer local, so that different
-buffers can have different style settings. If you only use one style
-in all the files you edit you might want to share them between buffers
-so that a change take effect in all buffers. That's done by setting
-this variable to @code{nil}. The value takes effect when @ccmode{} is
-activated in a buffer for the first time in the Emacs session, so you
-typically set it in your @file{.emacs} file and then restart Emacs.
-@end defopt
+@noindent
+A character @dfn{hangs on the left} when it appears at the start of
+the line after the construct it closes off, like the above closing
+brace.
+
+The next chapter, ``Clean-ups'', describes how to configure @ccmode{}
+to remove these automatically added newlines in certain specific
+circumstances. @xref{Clean-ups}.
+
+@menu
+* Hanging Braces::
+* Hanging Colons::
+* Hanging Semicolons and Commas::
+@end menu
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Hooks, Styles, Permanent Customization, Customizing Indentation
+@node Hanging Braces, Hanging Colons, Custom Auto-newlines, Custom Auto-newlines
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Hooks
-@cindex mode hooks
+@section Hanging Braces
+@cindex hanging braces
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@ccmode{} provides several hooks that you can use to customize the mode
-according to your coding style. Each language mode has its own hook,
-adhering to standard Emacs major mode conventions. There is also one
-general hook and one package initialization hook:
+To specify which kinds of braces you want auto-newlines put around,
+you set the style variable @code{c-hanging-braces-alist}. Its
+structure and semantics are described in this section. Details of how
+to set it up, and its relationship to CC Mode's style system are given
+in @ref{Style Variables}.
-@defvar c-initialization-hook
-@vindex initialization-hook (c-)
-Hook run only once per Emacs session, when @ccmode{} is initialized.
-@end defvar
+Say you wanted an auto-newline after (but not before) the following
+@samp{@{}:
-@defvar c-mode-common-hook
-@vindex mode-common-hook (c-)
-Common hook across all languages. It's run immediately before the
-language specific hook.
-@end defvar
+@example
+if (foo < 17) @{
+@end example
-@defvar c-mode-hook
-@defvarx c++-mode-hook
-@defvarx objc-mode-hook
-@defvarx java-mode-hook
-@defvarx idl-mode-hook
-@defvarx pike-mode-hook
-@defvarx awk-mode-hook
-The language specific mode hooks. The appropriate one is run as the
-last thing when you enter that language mode.
-@end defvar
+@noindent
+First you need to find the @dfn{syntactic context} of the brace---type
+a @key{RET} before the brace to get it on a line of its
+own@footnote{Also insert a @samp{\} at the end of the previous line if
+you're in AWK Mode.}, then type @kbd{C-c C-s}. That will tell you
+something like:
-Note that all the language-specific mode setup that CC Mode does is done
-prior to both @code{c-mode-common-hook} and the language specific hook.
-That includes installing the indentation style, which can be mode
-specific (and also is by default for Java mode). Thus, any style
-settings done in @code{c-mode-common-hook} will override whatever
-language-specific style is chosen by @code{c-default-style}.
+@example
+((substatement-open 1061))
+@end example
-Here's a simplified example of what you can add to your @file{.emacs}
-file to do things whenever any @ccmode{} language is edited. See the
-Emacs manuals for more information on customizing Emacs via hooks.
-@xref{Sample .emacs File}, for a more complete sample @file{.emacs}
-file.
+@noindent
+So here you need to put the entry @code{(substatement-open . (after))}
+into @code{c-hanging-braces-alist}.
+
+If you don't want any auto-newlines for a particular syntactic symbol,
+put this into @code{c-hanging-braces-alist}:
@example
-(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
- ;; my customizations for all of c-mode and related modes
- (no-case-fold-search)
- )
-(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
+(brace-entry-open)
@end example
+If some brace syntactic symbol is not in @code{c-hanging-brace-alist},
+its entry is taken by default as @code{(before after)}---insert a
+newline both before and after the brace. In place of a
+``before/after'' list you can specify a function in this alist---this
+is useful when the auto newlines depend on the code around the brace.
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Styles, Advanced Customizations, Hooks, Customizing Indentation
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Styles
-@cindex styles
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@defopt c-hanging-braces-alist
+@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-)
-Most people only need to edit code formatted in just a few well-defined
-and consistent styles. For example, their organization might impose a
-``blessed'' style that all its programmers must conform to. Similarly,
-people who work on GNU software will have to use the GNU coding style.
-Some shops are more lenient, allowing a variety of coding styles, and as
-programmers come and go, there could be a number of styles in use. For
-this reason, @ccmode{} makes it convenient for you to set up logical
-groupings of customizations called @dfn{styles}, associate a single name
-for any particular style, and pretty easily start editing new or
-existing code using these styles.
+This variable is an association list which maps syntactic symbols to
+lists of places to insert a newline. @xref{Association
+Lists,,,@lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}. The key of each element is the
+syntactic symbol, the associated value is either @code{nil}, a list,
+or a function.
-@cindex style variables
-The variables that the style system affect are called @dfn{style
-variables}. They are handled specially in several ways:
+@table @asis
+@item The Key - the syntactic symbol
+The syntactic symbols that are useful as keys in this list are
+@code{brace-list-intro}, @code{statement-cont},
+@code{inexpr-class-open}, @code{inexpr-class-close}, and all the
+@code{*-open} and @code{*-close} symbols. @xref{Syntactic Symbols},
+for a more detailed description of these syntactic symbols, except for
+@code{inexpr-class-open} and @code{inexpr-class-close}, which aren't
+actual syntactic symbols. Elements with any other value as a key get
+ignored.
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Style variables are by default buffer local variables. However, they
-can instead be made global by setting
-@code{c-style-variables-are-local-p} to @code{nil} before @ccmode{} is
-initialized.
+The braces of anonymous inner classes in Java are given the special
+symbols @code{inexpr-class-open} and @code{inexpr-class-close}, so that
+they can be distinguished from the braces of normal classes@footnote{The
+braces of anonymous classes produce a combination of
+@code{inexpr-class}, and @code{class-open} or @code{class-close} in
+normal indentation analysis.}.
-@item
-@vindex c-old-style-variable-behavior
-@vindex old-style-variable-behavior (c-)
-The default value of any style variable (with two exceptions --- see
-below) is the special symbol @code{set-from-style}. Variables that are
-still set to that symbol when a @ccmode{} buffer is initialized will be
-set according to the current style, otherwise they will keep their
-current value@footnote{This is a big change from versions of @ccmode{}
-earlier than 5.26, where such settings would get overridden by the style
-system unless special precautions were taken. That was changed since it
-was counterintuitive and confusing, especially to novice users. If your
-configuration depends on the old overriding behavior, you can set the
-variable @code{c-old-style-variable-behavior} to non-@code{nil}.}.
-
-Note that when we talk about the ``default value'' for a style variable,
-we don't mean the @code{set-from-style} symbol that all style variables
-are set to initially, but instead the value it will get at mode
-initialization when neither a style nor a global setting has set its
-value.
-
-The style variable @code{c-offsets-alist} is handled a little
-differently from the other style variables. It's an association list,
-and is thus by default set to the empty list, @code{nil}. When the
-style system is initialized, any syntactic symbols already on it are
-kept --- only the missing ones are filled in from the chosen style.
+Note that the aggregate constructs in Pike mode, @samp{(@{}, @samp{@})},
+@samp{([}, @samp{])}, and @samp{(<}, @samp{>)}, do not count as brace
+lists in this regard, even though they do for normal indentation
+purposes. It's currently not possible to set automatic newlines on
+these constructs.
-The style variable @code{c-special-indent-hook} is also handled in a
-special way. Styles may only add more functions on this hook, so the
-global settings on it are always preserved@footnote{This did not change
-in version 5.26.}.
+@item The associated value - the ``ACTION'' list or function
+The value associated with each syntactic symbol in this association
+list is called an @var{action}, which can be either a list or a
+function which returns a list. @xref{Custom Braces}, for how to use
+a function as a brace hanging @var{action}.
-@item
-The global settings of style variables get captured in the special
-@code{user} style, which is used as the base for all the other styles.
-@xref{Built-in Styles}, for details.
-@end itemize
+The list @var{action} (or the list returned by @var{action} when it's
+a function) contains some combination of the symbols @code{before} and
+@code{after}, directing @ccmode{} where to put newlines in
+relationship to the brace being inserted. Thus, if the list contains
+only the symbol @code{after}, then the brace hangs on the right side
+of the line, as in:
-The style variables are:
-@code{c-basic-offset},
-@code{c-comment-only-line-offset},
-@code{c-block-comment-prefix},
-@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp},
-@code{c-cleanup-list},
-@code{c-hanging-braces-alist},
-@code{c-hanging-colons-alist},
-@code{c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria},
-@code{c-backslash-column},
-@code{c-backslash-max-column},
-@code{c-special-indent-hook},
-@code{c-label-minimum-indentation}, and
-@code{c-offsets-alist}.
+@example
+// here, open braces always `hang'
+void spam( int i ) @{
+ if( i == 7 ) @{
+ dosomething(i);
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
-@menu
-* Built-in Styles::
-* Choosing a Style::
-* Adding Styles::
-* File Styles::
-@end menu
+When the list contains both @code{after} and @code{before}, the braces
+will appear on a line by themselves, as shown by the close braces in
+the above example. The list can also be empty, in which case newlines
+are added neither before nor after the brace.
+@end table
+If a syntactic symbol is missing entirely from
+@code{c-hanging-braces-alist}, it's treated in the same way as an
+@var{action} with a list containing @code{before} and @code{after}, so
+that braces by default end up on their own line.
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Built-in Styles, Choosing a Style, , Styles
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Built-in Styles
-@cindex styles, built-in
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+For example, the default value of @code{c-hanging-braces-alist} is:
-If you're lucky, one of @ccmode{}'s built-in styles might be just
-what you're looking for. These include:
+@example
+((brace-list-open)
+ (brace-entry-open)
+ (statement-cont)
+ (substatement-open after)
+ (block-close . c-snug-do-while)
+ (extern-lang-open after)
+ (namespace-open after)
+ (module-open after)
+ (composition-open after)
+ (inexpr-class-open after)
+ (inexpr-class-close before))
+@end example
-@table @code
-@item gnu
-@cindex GNU style
-Coding style blessed by the Free Software Foundation
-for C code in GNU programs.
+@noindent which says that @code{brace-list-open},
+@code{brace-entry-open} and @code{statement-cont}@footnote{Brace lists
+inside statements, such as initializers for static array variables
+inside functions in C, are recognized as @code{statement-cont}. All
+normal substatement blocks are recognized with other symbols.} braces
+should both hang on the right side and allow subsequent text to follow
+on the same line as the brace. Also, @code{substatement-open},
+@code{extern-lang-open}, and @code{inexpr-class-open} braces should hang
+on the right side, but subsequent text should follow on the next line.
+The opposite holds for @code{inexpr-class-close} braces; they won't
+hang, but the following text continues on the same line. Here, in the
+@code{block-close} entry, you also see an example of using a function as
+an @var{action}. In all other cases, braces are put on a line by
+themselves.
+@end defopt
-@item k&r
-@cindex K&R style
-The classic Kernighan and Ritchie style for C code.
+@menu
+* Custom Braces::
+@end menu
-@item bsd
-@cindex BSD style
-Also known as ``Allman style'' after Eric Allman.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Custom Braces, , Hanging Braces, Hanging Braces
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Custom Brace Hanging
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@item whitesmith
-@cindex Whitesmith style
-Popularized by the examples that came with Whitesmiths C, an early
-commercial C compiler.
+@vindex c-hanging-braces-alist
+@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-)
+@cindex action functions
+Syntactic symbols aren't the only place where you can customize
+@ccmode{} with the lisp equivalent of callback functions. Remember
+that @var{action}s are usually a list containing some combination of
+the symbols @code{before} and @code{after} (@pxref{Hanging Braces}).
+For more flexibility, you can instead specify brace ``hanginess'' by
+giving a synctactic symbol an @dfn{action function} in
+@code{c-hanging-braces-alist}; this function determines the
+``hanginess'' of a brace, usually by looking at the code near it.
-@item stroustrup
-@cindex Stroustrup style
-The classic Stroustrup style for C++ code.
+@cindex customization, brace hanging
+An action function is called with two arguments: the syntactic symbol
+for the brace (e.g. @code{substatement-open}), and the buffer position
+where the brace has been inserted. Point is undefined on entry to an
+action function, but the function must preserve it (e.g. by using
+@code{save-excursion}). The return value should be a list containing
+some combination of @code{before} and @code{after}, including neither
+of them (i.e. @code{nil}).
-@item ellemtel
-@cindex Ellemtel style
-Popular C++ coding standards as defined by ``Programming in C++, Rules
-and Recommendations,'' Erik Nyquist and Mats Henricson,
-Ellemtel@footnote{This document is available at
-@uref{http://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/lab/cplus/c++.rules/} among other
-places.}.
+@defvar c-syntactic-context
+@vindex syntactic-context (c-)
+During the call to the indentation or brace hanging @var{action}
+function, this variable is bound to the full syntactic analysis list.
+This might be, for example, @samp{((block-close 73))}. Don't ever
+give @code{c-syntactic-context} a value yourself---this would disrupt
+the proper functioning of @ccmode{}.
+
+This variable is also bound in three other circumstances:
+(i)@tie{}when calling a c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria function
+(@pxref{Hanging Semicolons and Commas}; (ii)@tie{}when calling a
+line-up function (@pxref{Custom Line-Up}; (iii)@tie{}when calling a
+c-special-indent-hook function (@pxref{Other Indentation}).
+@end defvar
-@item linux
-@cindex Linux style
-C coding standard for Linux (the kernel).
+As an example, @ccmode{} itself uses this feature to dynamically
+determine the hanginess of braces which close ``do-while''
+constructs:
-@item python
-@cindex Python style
-C coding standard for Python extension modules@footnote{Python is a
-high level scripting language with a C/C++ foreign function interface.
-For more information, see @uref{http://www.python.org/}.}.
+@example
+void do_list( int count, char** atleast_one_string )
+@{
+ int i=0;
+ do @{
+ handle_string( atleast_one_string[i] );
+ i++;
+ @} while( i < count );
+@}
+@end example
-@item java
-@cindex Java style
-The style for editing Java code. Note that the default
-value for @code{c-default-style} installs this style when you enter
-@code{java-mode}.
+@ccmode{} assigns the @code{block-close} syntactic symbol to the
+brace that closes the @code{do} construct, and normally we'd like the
+line that follows a @code{block-close} brace to begin on a separate
+line. However, with ``do-while'' constructs, we want the
+@code{while} clause to follow the closing brace. To do this, we
+associate the @code{block-close} symbol with the @var{action} function
+@code{c-snug-do-while}:
-@item user
-@cindex User style
-This is a special style for several reasons. First, the
-@ccmode{} customizations you do by using either the Customization
-interface, or by writing @code{setq}'s at the top level of your
-@file{.emacs} file, will be captured in the @code{user} style. Also,
-all other styles implicitly inherit their settings from @code{user}
-style. This means that for any styles you add via @code{c-add-style}
-(@pxref{Adding Styles}) you need only define the differences between
-your new style and @code{user} style.
-@end table
+@example
+(defun c-snug-do-while (syntax pos)
+ "Dynamically calculate brace hanginess for do-while statements."
+ (save-excursion
+ (let (langelem)
+ (if (and (eq syntax 'block-close)
+ (setq langelem (assq 'block-close c-syntactic-context))
+ (progn (goto-char (cdr langelem))
+ (if (= (following-char) ?@{)
+ (forward-sexp -1))
+ (looking-at "\\<do\\>[^_]")))
+ '(before)
+ '(before after)))))
+@end example
+@findex c-snug-do-while
+@findex snug-do-while (c-)
+This function simply looks to see if the brace closes a ``do-while''
+clause and if so, returns the list @samp{(before)} indicating
+that a newline should be inserted before the brace, but not after it.
+In all other cases, it returns the list @samp{(before after)} so
+that the brace appears on a line by itself.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Choosing a Style, Adding Styles, Built-in Styles, Styles
+@node Hanging Colons, Hanging Semicolons and Commas, Hanging Braces, Custom Auto-newlines
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Choosing a Style
+@section Hanging Colons
+@cindex hanging colons
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-Use @kbd{C-c .} to choose a style interactively:
-
-@deffn Command c-set-style style-name
-@findex set-style (c-)
-@kindex C-c .
-Switch to the specified style in the current buffer. Use
-interactively like this:
-
-@example
-@kbd{C-c . @var{style-name} RET}
-@end example
+@cindex customization, colon hanging
+@vindex c-hanging-colons-alist
+@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-)
-Note that all style names are case insensitive, even the ones you
-define.
+Using a mechanism similar to brace hanging (@pxref{Hanging Braces}),
+colons can also be made to hang using the style variable
+@code{c-hanging-colons-alist} - When a colon is typed, @ccmode
+determines its syntactic context, looks this up in the alist
+@code{c-changing-colons-alist} and inserts up to two newlines
+accordingly. Here, however, If @ccmode fails to find an entry for a
+syntactic symbol in the alist, no newlines are inserted around the
+newly typed colon.
-Setting a style in this way does @emph{not} automatically reindent your
-file. For commands that you can use to view the effect of your changes,
-see @ref{Commands}.
-@end deffn
+@defopt c-hanging-colons-alist
+@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-)
-The default style in all newly created buffers is @code{gnu}, except
-in Java mode where it's @code{java}. Although the @code{user} style
-is not the default style, any style variable settings you do with the
-Customization interface or on the top level in your @file{.emacs} file
-will by default override the style system, so you don't need to set
-@code{c-default-style} to @code{user} to see the effect of such
-settings.
+@table @asis
+@item The Key - the syntactic symbol
+The syntactic symbols appropriate as keys in this association list
+are: @code{case-label}, @code{label}, @code{access-label},
+@code{member-init-intro}, and @code{inher-intro}. @xref{Syntactic
+Symbols}. Elements with any other value as a key get ignored.
+
+@item The associate value - the ``ACTION'' list
+The @var{action} here is simply a list containing a combination of the
+symbols @code{before} and @code{after}. Unlike in
+@code{c-hanging-braces-alist}, functions as @var{actions} are not
+supported - there doesn't seem to be any need for them.
+@end table
+@end defopt
-@defopt c-default-style
-@vindex default-style (c-)
-This variable specifies which style to install by default in new
-buffers. It takes either a style name string, or an association list
-of major mode symbols to style names:
+In C++, double-colons are used as a scope operator but because these
+colons always appear right next to each other, newlines before and after
+them are controlled by a different mechanism, called @dfn{clean-ups} in
+@ccmode{}. @xref{Clean-ups}, for details.
-@enumerate
-@item
-When @code{c-default-style} is a string, it must be an existing style
-name. This style is then used for all modes.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Hanging Semicolons and Commas, , Hanging Colons, Custom Auto-newlines
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Hanging Semicolons and Commas
+@cindex hanging semicolons
+@cindex hanging commas
+@cindex customization, semicolon newlines
+@cindex customization, comma newlines
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@item
-When @code{c-default-style} is an association list, the mode language
-is looked up to find a style name string.
+@defopt c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria
+@vindex hanging-semi&comma-criteria (c-)
+This style variable takes a list of functions; these get called when
+you type a semicolon or comma. The functions are called in order
+without arguments. When these functions are entered, point is just
+after the newly inserted @samp{;} or @samp{,} and they must preserve
+point (e.g., by using @code{save-excursion}). During the call, the
+variable @code{c-syntactic-context} is bound to the syntactic context
+of the current line@footnote{This was first introduced in @ccmode{}
+5.31.} @pxref{Custom Braces}. These functions don't insert newlines
+themselves, rather they direct @ccmode{} whether or not to do so.
+They should return one of the following values:
-@item
-If @code{c-default-style} is an association list where the mode
-language mode isn't found then the special symbol @samp{other} is
-looked up. If it's found then the associated style is used.
+@table @code
+@item t
+A newline is to be inserted after the @samp{;} or @samp{,}, and no
+more functions from the list are to be called.
+@item stop
+No more functions from the list are to be called, and no newline is to
+be inserted.
+@item nil
+No determination has been made, and the next function in the list is
+to be called.
+@end table
-@item
-If @samp{other} is not found then the @samp{gnu} style is used.
+Note that auto-newlines are never inserted @emph{before} a semicolon
+or comma. If every function in the list is called without a
+determination being made, then no newline is added.
-@item
-In all cases, the style described in @code{c-default-style} is installed
-@emph{before} the language hooks are run, so you can always override
-this setting by including an explicit call to @code{c-set-style} in your
-language mode hook, or in @code{c-mode-common-hook}.
-@end enumerate
+In AWK mode, this variable is set by default to @code{nil}. In the
+other modes, the default value is a list containing a single function,
+@code{c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist}. This inserts newlines after all
+semicolons, apart from those separating @code{for}-clause statements.
@end defopt
-@defvar c-indentation-style
-@vindex indentation-style (c-)
-This variable always contains the buffer's current style name, as a
-string.
-@end defvar
+@defun c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks
+@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks (c-)
+This is an example of a criteria function, provided by @ccmode{}. It
+prevents newlines from being inserted after semicolons when there is a
+non-blank following line. Otherwise, it makes no determination. To
+use, add this function to the front of the
+@code{c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria} list.
+
+@example
+(defun c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks ()
+ (save-excursion
+ (if (and (eq last-command-char ?\;)
+ (zerop (forward-line 1))
+ (not (looking-at "^[ \t]*$")))
+ 'stop
+ nil)))
+@end example
+@end defun
+
+@defun c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist
+@findex semi&comma-inside-parenlist (c-)
+@defunx c-semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners
+@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners (c-)
+The function @code{c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist} is what prevents
+newlines from being inserted inside the parenthesis list of @code{for}
+statements. In addition to
+@code{c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks} described above,
+@ccmode{} also comes with the criteria function
+@code{c-semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners}, which suppresses
+newlines after semicolons inside one-line inline method definitions
+(e.g. in C++ or Java).
+@end defun
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Adding Styles, File Styles, Choosing a Style, Styles
+@node Clean-ups, Indentation Engine Basics, Custom Auto-newlines, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Adding and Amending Styles
+@chapter Clean-ups
+@cindex clean-ups
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-If none of the built-in styles is appropriate, you'll probably want to
-create a new @dfn{style definition}, possibly based on an existing
-style. To do this, put the new style's settings into a list with the
-following format - the list can then be passed as an argument to the
-function @code{c-add-style}:
-
-@cindex style definition
-@defvr {List} style definition
-([@var{base-style}] [(@var{variable} . @var{value}) @dots{}])
-
-Optional @var{base-style}, if present, must be a string which is the
-name of the @dfn{base style} from which this style inherits. At most
-one @var{base-style} is allowed in a style definition. If
-@var{base-style} is not specified, the style inherits from a table of
-default values@footnote{This table is stored internally in the
-variable c-fallback-style. It is computed during the initialisation
-of @ccmode{} from the factory defaults of the style variables and any
-global values they may have been given since starting Emacs.} instead.
-All styles eventually inherit from this internal table. Style loops
-generate errors. The list of pre-existing styles can be seen in
-@ref{Built-in Styles}.
+@dfn{Clean-ups} are mechanisms which remove (or exceptionally, add)
+whitespace in specific circumstances and are complementary to colon
+and brace hanging. You enable a clean-up by adding its symbol into
+@code{c-cleanup-list}.
-The dotted pairs (@var{variable} . @var{value}) each consist of a
-variable and the value it is to be set to when the style is later
-activated.@footnote{In certain circumstances, this value can get
-overridden by another value.} The variable can be either a @ccmode{}
-style variable or an arbitrary Emacs variable. In the latter case, it
-is @emph{not} made buffer local by the @ccmode{} style system.
-@end defvr
+On the surface, it would seem that clean-ups overlap the functionality
+provided by the @code{c-hanging-*-alist} variables. Clean-ups,
+however, are used to adjust code ``after-the-fact'', i.e. to adjust
+the whitespace in constructs later than when they were typed.
-Two variables are treated specially in the dotted pair list:
+Most of the clean-ups remove automatically inserted newlines, and are
+only active when auto-newline minor mode is turned on. Others will
+work all the time. Note that clean-ups are only performed when there
+is nothing but whitespace appearing between the individual components
+of the construct, and (apart from @code{comment-close-slash}) when the
+construct does not occur within a literal (@pxref{Auto-newlines}).
-@table @code
-@item c-offsets-alist
-The value is in turn a dotted list on the form
+@defopt c-cleanup-list
+@vindex cleanup-list (c-)
+@cindex literal
-(@var{syntactic-symbol} . @var{offset})
+You configure @ccmode{}'s clean-ups by setting the style variable
+@code{c-cleanup-list}, which is a list of clean-up symbols. By
+default, @ccmode{} cleans up only the @code{scope-operator} construct,
+which is necessary for proper C++ support.
+@end defopt
-as described in @ref{Customizing Indentation}. These are passed to
-@code{c-set-offset} so there is no need to set every syntactic symbol in
-your style, only those that are different from the inherited style.
+These are the clean-ups that are only active when electric and
+auto-newline minor modes are enabled:
-@item c-special-indent-hook
-The value is added to @code{c-special-indent-hook} using
-@code{add-hook}, so any functions already on it are kept. If the value
-is a list, each element of the list is added with @code{add-hook}.
-@end table
+@c TBD: Would like to use some sort of @deffoo here; @table indents a
+@c bit too much in dvi output.
+@table @code
+@item brace-else-brace
+Clean up @samp{@} else @{} constructs by placing the entire construct on
+a single line. Clean up occurs when the open brace after the
+@samp{else} is typed. So for example, this:
-Styles are kept in the @code{c-style-alist} variable, but you
-should never modify this variable directly. Instead, @ccmode{}
-provides the function @code{c-add-style} for this purpose.
+@example
+@group
+void spam(int i)
+@{
+ if( i==7 ) @{
+ dosomething();
+ @}
+ else
+ @{
+@end group
+@end example
-@defun c-add-style stylename description &optional set-p
-@findex add-style (c-)
-Add or update a style called @var{stylename}, a string.
-@var{description} is the new style definition in the form described
-above. If @var{stylename} already exists in @code{c-style-alist} then
-it is replaced by @var{description}. (Note, this replacement is
-total. The old style is @emph{not} merged into the new one.)
-Otherwise, a new style is added. If the optional @var{set-p} is
-non-@code{nil} then the new style is applied to the current buffer as
-well.
+@noindent
+appears like this after the last open brace is typed:
-The sample @file{.emacs} file provides a concrete example of how a new
-style can be added and automatically set. @xref{Sample .emacs File}.
-@end defun
+@example
+@group
+void spam(int i)
+@{
+ if( i==7 ) @{
+ dosomething();
+ @} else @{
+@end group
+@end example
-@defvar c-style-alist
-@vindex style-alist (c-)
-This is the variable that holds the definitions for the styles. It
-should not be changed directly; use @code{c-add-style} instead.
-@end defvar
+@item brace-elseif-brace
+Similar to the @code{brace-else-brace} clean-up, but this cleans up
+@samp{@} else if (...) @{} constructs. For example:
+@example
+@group
+void spam(int i)
+@{
+ if( i==7 ) @{
+ dosomething();
+ @}
+ else if( i==3 )
+ @{
+@end group
+@end example
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node File Styles, , Adding Styles, Styles
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection File Styles
-@cindex styles, file local
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@noindent
+appears like this after the last open parenthesis is typed:
-@cindex file local variables
+@example
+@group
+void spam(int i)
+@{
+ if( i==7 ) @{
+ dosomething();
+ @} else if(
+@end group
+@end example
-The Emacs manual describes how you can customize certain variables on
-a per-file basis by including a @dfn{file local variable} block at the
-end of the file. So far, you've only seen a functional interface to
-@ccmode{} customization, which can't be used there. @ccmode{}
-provides two variables allow customization of the indentation style on
-a per-file basis:
+@noindent
+and like this after the last open brace is typed:
-@defvar c-file-style
-@vindex file-style (c-)
-This variable can be set to a style name string. When the file is
-visited, @ccmode{} will automatically set the file's style to this
-one using @code{c-set-style}.
-@end defvar
+@example
+@group
+void spam(int i)
+@{
+ if( i==7 ) @{
+ dosomething();
+ @} else if( i==3 ) @{
+@end group
+@end example
-@defvar c-file-offsets
-@vindex file-offsets (c-)
-This variable takes an association list similar to what is allowed in
-@code{c-offsets-alist}. When the file is visited, @ccmode{} will
-automatically institute these offsets using @code{c-set-offset}.
-@end defvar
+@item brace-catch-brace
+Analogous to @code{brace-elseif-brace}, but cleans up @samp{@} catch
+(...) @{} in C++ and Java mode.
-Note that file style settings (i.e., @code{c-file-style}) are applied
-before file offset settings (i.e., @code{c-file-offsets}). Also, if
-either of these are set in a file's local variable section, all the
-style variable values are made local to that buffer.
+@item empty-defun-braces
+Clean up braces following a top-level function or class definition that
+contains no body. Clean up occurs when the closing brace is typed.
+Thus the following:
+@example
+@group
+class Spam
+@{
+@}
+@end group
+@end example
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Advanced Customizations, , Styles, Customizing Indentation
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section Advanced Customizations
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@noindent
+is transformed into this when the close brace is typed:
-For most users, @ccmode{} will support their coding styles with very
-little need for more advanced customizations. Usually, one of the
-standard styles (@pxref{Built-in Styles}) will do the trick. At most,
-perhaps one of the syntactic symbol offsets will need to be tweaked
-slightly, or maybe @code{c-basic-offset} will need to be changed.
-However, some styles require a more flexible framework for
-customization, and one of the real strengths of @ccmode{} is that the
-syntactic analysis model provides just such a framework. This allows
-you to implement custom indentation calculations for situations not
-handled by the mode directly.
+@example
+@group
+class Spam
+@{@}
+@end group
+@end example
-@menu
-* Custom Indentation Functions::
-* Custom Brace and Colon Hanging::
-* Customizing Semicolons and Commas::
-* Other Special Indentations::
-@end menu
+@item defun-close-semi
+Clean up the terminating semicolon on top-level function or class
+definitions when they follow a close brace. Clean up occurs when the
+semicolon is typed. So for example, the following:
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Custom Indentation Functions, Custom Brace and Colon Hanging, , Advanced Customizations
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Custom Indentation Functions
-@cindex customization, indentation functions
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@example
+@group
+class Spam
+@{
+...
+@}
+;
+@end group
+@end example
-The most flexible way to customize @ccmode{} is by writing custom
-indentation functions, and associating them with specific syntactic
-symbols (@pxref{Syntactic Symbols}). @ccmode{} itself uses indentation
-functions to provide more sophisticated indentation, for example when
-lining up C++ stream operator blocks:
+@noindent
+is transformed into this when the semicolon is typed:
@example
@group
- 1: void main(int argc, char**)
- 2: @{
- 3: cout << "There were "
- 4: << argc
- 5: << "arguments passed to the program"
- 6: << endl;
- 7: @}
+class Spam
+@{
+...
+@};
@end group
@end example
-In this example, lines 4 through 6 are assigned the @code{stream-op}
-syntactic symbol. Here, @code{stream-op} has an offset of @code{+}, and
-with a @code{c-basic-offset} of 2, you can see that lines 4 through 6
-are simply indented two spaces to the right of line 3. But perhaps we'd
-like @ccmode{} to be a little more intelligent so that it aligns
-all the @samp{<<} symbols in lines 3 through 6. To do this, we have
-to write a custom indentation function which finds the column of the first
-stream operator on the first line of the statement. Here is sample
-lisp code implementing this:
-
-@example
-(defun c-lineup-streamop (langelem)
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (cdr langelem))
- (re-search-forward "<<\\|>>" (c-point 'eol) 'move)
- (goto-char (match-beginning 0))
- (vector (current-column))))
-@end example
+@item list-close-comma
+Clean up commas following braces in array and aggregate initializers.
+Clean up occurs when the comma is typed. The space before the comma
+is zapped just like the space before the semicolon in
+@code{defun-close-semi}.
-Indentation functions take a single argument, which is a syntactic
-component cons cell (@pxref{Syntactic Analysis}). The function can
-return an integer which is added to the running total indentation for
-the line, or a vector containing an integer which is an absolute
-column to align to. Usually an absolute column is wanted when
-aligning to existing text, as in this example.
+@item scope-operator
+Clean up double colons which might designate a C++ scope operator split
+across multiple lines@footnote{Certain C++ constructs introduce
+ambiguous situations, so @code{scope-operator} clean-ups might not
+always be correct. This usually only occurs when scoped identifiers
+appear in switch label tags.}. Clean up occurs when the second colon is
+typed. You will always want @code{scope-operator} in the
+@code{c-cleanup-list} when you are editing C++ code.
-The function should return @code{nil} if it's used in a situation where
-it doesn't want to make any decision. If the function is used in a list
-expression (@pxref{Customizing Indentation}), that will cause @ccmode{}
-to go on and check the next entry in the list.
+@item one-liner-defun
+Clean up a single line of code enclosed by defun braces by removing
+the whitespace before and after the code. The clean-up happens when
+the closing brace is typed. If the variable
+@code{c-max-one-liner-length} is set, the cleanup is only done if the
+resulting line would be no longer than the value of that variable.
-Now, to associate the function @code{c-lineup-streamop} with the
-@code{stream-op} syntactic symbol, we can add something like the
-following to our @code{c++-mode-hook}@footnote{It probably makes more
-sense to add this to @code{c++-mode-hook} than @code{c-mode-common-hook}
-since stream operators are only relevant for C++.}:
+For example, consider this AWK code:
@example
-(c-set-offset 'stream-op 'c-lineup-streamop)
+@group
+BEGIN @{
+ FS = "\t" # use <TAB> as a field separator
+@}
+@end group
@end example
-Now the function looks like this after reindenting (using @kbd{C-c
-C-q}):
+@noindent
+It gets compacted to the following when the closing brace is typed:
@example
@group
- 1: void main(int argc, char**)
- 2: @{
- 3: cout << "There were "
- 4: << argc
- 5: << " arguments passed to the program"
- 6: << endl;
- 7: @}
+BEGIN @{FS = "\t"@} # use <TAB> as a field separator
@end group
@end example
-Custom indentation functions can be as simple or as complex as you like,
-and any syntactic symbol that appears in @code{c-offsets-alist} can have
-a custom indentation function associated with it.
+@defopt c-max-one-liner-length
+@vindex max-one-liner-length (c-)
+The maximum length of the resulting line for which the clean-up
+@code{one-liner-defun} will be triggered. This length is that of the entire
+line, including any leading whitespace and any trailing comment. Its
+default value is 80. If the value is zero or @code{nil}, no limit
+applies.
+@end defopt
+@end table
-@ccmode{} comes with an extensive set of predefined indentation
-functions, not all of which are used by the default styles. So there's
-a good chance the function you want already exists. @xref{Indentation
-Functions}, for a list of them. If you have written an indentation
-function that you think is generally useful, you're very welcome to
-contribute it; please contact @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.
+The following clean-ups are always active when they occur on
+@code{c-cleanup-list}, regardless of whether Electric minor mode or
+Auto-newline minor mode are enabled:
+@table @code
+@item space-before-funcall
+Insert a space between the function name and the opening parenthesis
+of a function call. This produces function calls in the style
+mandated by the GNU coding standards, e.g. @samp{signal@tie{}(SIGINT,
+SIG_IGN)} and @samp{abort@tie{}()}. Clean up occurs when the opening
+parenthesis is typed. This clean-up should never be active in AWK
+Mode, since such a space is syntactically invalid for user defined
+functions.
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Custom Brace and Colon Hanging, Customizing Semicolons and Commas, Custom Indentation Functions, Advanced Customizations
+@item compact-empty-funcall
+Clean up any space between the function name and the opening parenthesis
+of a function call that has no arguments. This is typically used
+together with @code{space-before-funcall} if you prefer the GNU function
+call style for functions with arguments but think it looks ugly when
+it's only an empty parenthesis pair. I.e. you will get @samp{signal
+(SIGINT, SIG_IGN)}, but @samp{abort()}. Clean up occurs when the
+closing parenthesis is typed.
+
+@item comment-close-slash
+When inside a block comment, terminate the comment when you type a
+slash at the beginning of a line (i.e. immediately after the comment
+prefix). This clean-up removes whitespace preceding the slash and if
+needed, inserts a star to complete the token @samp{*/}.
+@end table
+
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Indentation Engine Basics, Customizing Indentation, Clean-ups, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Custom Brace and Colon Hanging
+@chapter Indentation Engine Basics
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@vindex c-hanging-braces-alist
-@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-)
-Syntactic symbols aren't the only place where you can customize
-@ccmode{} with the lisp equivalent of callback functions. Brace
-``hanginess'' can also be determined by custom functions associated with
-syntactic symbols on the @code{c-hanging-braces-alist} style variable.
-Remember that @var{action}'s are typically a list containing some
-combination of the symbols @code{before} and @code{after}
-(@pxref{Hanging Braces}). However, an @var{action} can also be a
-function which gets called when a brace matching that syntactic symbol
-is entered.
+This chapter will briefly cover how @ccmode{} indents lines of code.
+It is helpful to understand the indentation model being used so that
+you will know how to customize @ccmode{} for your personal coding
+style. All the details are in @ref{Customizing Indentation}.
-@cindex customization, brace hanging
-These @var{action} functions are called with two arguments: the
-syntactic symbol for the brace, and the buffer position at which the
-brace was inserted. The @var{action} function is expected to return a
-list containing some combination of @code{before} and @code{after},
-including neither of them (i.e., @code{nil}). This return value has the
-normal brace hanging semantics.
+@ccmode{} has an indentation engine that provides a flexible and
+general mechanism for customizing indentation. When @ccmode{} indents
+a line of code, it separates its calculations into two steps:
-As an example, @ccmode{} itself uses this feature to dynamically
-determine the hanginess of braces which close ``do-while''
-constructs:
+@enumerate
+@item
+@cindex syntactic symbol
+@cindex anchor position
+It analyzes the line to determine its @dfn{syntactic symbol(s)} (the
+kind of language construct it's looking at) and its @dfn{anchor
+position} (the position earlier in the file that @ccmode{} will indent
+the line relative to). The anchor position might be the location of
+an opening brace in the previous line, for example. @xref{Syntactic
+Analysis}.
+@item
+@cindex offsets
+@cindex indentation offset specifications
+It looks up the syntactic symbol(s) in the configuration to get the
+corresponding @dfn{offset(s)}. The symbol @code{+}, which means
+``indent this line one more level'' is a typical offset. @ccmode{}
+then applies these offset(s) to the anchor position, giving the
+indentation for the line. The different sorts of offsets are
+described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}.
+@end enumerate
+
+In exceptional circumstances, the syntax directed indentation
+described here may be a nuisance rather than a help. You can disable
+it by setting @code{c-syntactic-indentation} to @code{nil}. (To set
+the variable interactively, @ref{Minor Modes}).
+
+@defopt c-syntactic-indentation
+@vindex syntactic-indentation (c-)
+When this is non-@code{nil} (which it is by default), the indentation
+of code is done according to its syntactic structure. When it's
+@code{nil}, every line is just indented to the same level as the
+previous one, and @kbd{TAB} (@code{c-indent-command}) adjusts the
+indentation in steps of @code{c-basic-offset}. The current style
+(@pxref{Config Basics}) then has no effect on indentation, nor do any
+of the variables associated with indentation, not even
+@code{c-special-indent-hook}.
+@end defopt
+
+@menu
+* Syntactic Analysis::
+* Syntactic Symbols::
+* Indentation Calculation::
+@end menu
+
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Syntactic Analysis, Syntactic Symbols, Indentation Engine Basics, Indentation Engine Basics
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Syntactic Analysis
+@cindex syntactic analysis
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+@cindex syntactic element
+@cindex syntactic context
+The first thing @ccmode{} does when indenting a line of code, is to
+analyze the line, determining the @dfn{syntactic context} of the
+(first) construct on that line. It's a list of @dfn{syntactic
+elements}, where each syntactic element in turn is a list@footnote{In
+@ccmode 5.28 and earlier, a syntactic element was a dotted pair; the
+cons was the syntactic symbol and the cdr was the anchor position.
+For compatibility's sake, the parameter passed to a line-up function
+still has this dotted pair form (@pxref{Custom Line-Up}).} Here is a
+brief and typical example:
@example
-void do_list( int count, char** atleast_one_string )
-@{
- int i=0;
- do @{
- handle_string( atleast_one_string[i] );
- i++;
- @} while( i < count );
-@}
+((defun-block-intro 1959))
@end example
-@ccmode{} assigns the @code{block-close} syntactic symbol to the
-brace that closes the @code{do} construct, and normally we'd like the
-line that follows a @code{block-close} brace to begin on a separate
-line. However, with ``do-while'' constructs, we want the
-@code{while} clause to follow the closing brace. To do this, we
-associate the @code{block-close} symbol with the @var{action} function
-@code{c-snug-do-while}:
+@cindex syntactic symbol
+@noindent
+The first thing inside each syntactic element is always a
+@dfn{syntactic symbol}. It describes the kind of construct that was
+recognized, e.g. @code{statement}, @code{substatement},
+@code{class-open}, @code{class-close}, etc. @xref{Syntactic Symbols},
+for a complete list of currently recognized syntactic symbols and
+their semantics. The remaining entries are various data associated
+with the recognized construct - there might be zero or more.
+
+@cindex anchor position
+Conceptually, a line of code is always indented relative to some
+position higher up in the buffer (typically the indentation of the
+previous line). That position is the @dfn{anchor position} in the
+syntactic element. If there is an entry after the syntactic symbol in
+the syntactic element list then it's either nil or that anchor position.
+
+Here is an example. Suppose we had the following code as the only thing
+in a C++ buffer @footnote{The line numbers in this and future examples
+don't actually appear in the buffer, of course!}:
@example
-(defun c-snug-do-while (syntax pos)
- "Dynamically calculate brace hanginess for do-while statements."
- (save-excursion
- (let (langelem)
- (if (and (eq syntax 'block-close)
- (setq langelem (assq 'block-close c-syntactic-context))
- (progn (goto-char (cdr langelem))
- (if (= (following-char) ?@{)
- (forward-sexp -1))
- (looking-at "\\<do\\>[^_]")))
- '(before)
- '(before after)))))
+ 1: void swap( int& a, int& b )
+ 2: @{
+ 3: int tmp = a;
+ 4: a = b;
+ 5: b = tmp;
+ 6: @}
@end example
-@findex c-snug-do-while
-@findex snug-do-while (c-)
-This function simply looks to see if the brace closes a ``do-while''
-clause and if so, returns the list @samp{(before)} indicating
-that a newline should be inserted before the brace, but not after it.
-In all other cases, it returns the list @samp{(before after)} so
-that the brace appears on a line by itself.
+@noindent
+We can use @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{c-show-syntactic-information}) to
+report what the syntactic analysis is for the current line:
-@defvar c-syntactic-context
-@vindex syntactic-context (c-)
-During the call to the indentation or brace hanging @var{action}
-function, this variable is bound to the full syntactic analysis list.
-@end defvar
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{c-show-syntactic-information})
+@kindex C-c C-s
+@findex c-show-syntactic-information
+@findex show-syntactic-information (c-)
+This command calculates the syntactic analysis of the current line and
+displays it in the minibuffer. The command also highlights the anchor
+position(s).
+@end table
-@cindex customization, colon hanging
-@vindex c-hanging-colons-alist
-@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-)
-Note that for symmetry, colon hanginess should be customizable by
-allowing function symbols as @var{action}s on the
-@code{c-hanging-colons-alist} style variable. Since no use has actually
-been found for this feature, it isn't currently implemented!
+ Running this command on line 4 of this example, we'd see in the echo
+area@footnote{With a universal argument (i.e. @kbd{C-u C-c C-s}) the
+analysis is inserted into the buffer as a comment on the current
+line.}:
+@example
+((statement 35))
+@end example
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Customizing Semicolons and Commas, Other Special Indentations, Custom Brace and Colon Hanging, Advanced Customizations
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Customizing Semicolons and Commas
-@cindex customization, semicolon newlines
-@cindex customization, comma newlines
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@noindent
+and the @samp{i} of @code{int} on line 3 would be highlighted. This
+tells us that the line is a statement and it is indented relative to
+buffer position 35, the highlighted position. If you were to move
+point to line 3 and hit @kbd{C-c C-s}, you would see:
-You can also customize the insertion of newlines after semicolons and
-commas when the auto-newline minor mode is enabled (@pxref{Minor
-Modes}).
+@example
+((defun-block-intro 29))
+@end example
-@defopt c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria
-@vindex hanging-semi&comma-criteria (c-)
-This style variable takes a list of hooks that get called when a
-semicolon or comma is inserted. The hooks are called in order without
-arguments, and are expected to return one of the following values:
+@noindent
+This indicates that the @samp{int} line is the first statement in a top
+level function block, and is indented relative to buffer position 29,
+which is the brace just after the function header.
-@table @code
-@item t
-A newline is inserted, and no more functions from the list are called.
-@item stop
-No more functions from the list are called, but no newline is
-inserted.
-@item nil
-No determination is made, and the next function in the list is called.
-@end table
+Here's another example:
-If every function in the list is called without a determination being
-made, then no newline is added. The default value for this variable is a
-list containing a single function which inserts newlines only after
-semicolons which do not appear inside parenthesis lists (i.e., those
-that separate @code{for}-clause statements).
-@end defopt
+@example
+ 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
+ 2: @{
+ 3: if( doit )
+ 4: @{
+ 5: return( val + incr );
+ 6: @}
+ 7: return( val );
+ 8: @}
+@end example
-@defun c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks
-@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks (c-)
-This is an example of a criteria function, provided by @ccmode{}. It
-prevents newlines from being inserted after semicolons when there is a
-non-blank following line. Otherwise, it makes no determination. To
-use, add this function to the front of the
-@code{c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria} list.
+@noindent
+Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 4 gives us:
@example
-(defun c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks ()
- (save-excursion
- (if (and (eq last-command-char ?\;)
- (zerop (forward-line 1))
- (not (looking-at "^[ \t]*$")))
- 'stop
- nil)))
+((substatement-open 46))
@end example
-@end defun
-@defun c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist
-@findex semi&comma-inside-parenlist (c-)
-@defunx c-semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners
-@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners (c-)
-The function @code{c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist} is what prevents
-newlines from being inserted inside the parenthesis list of @code{for}
-statements. In addition to
-@code{c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks} described above,
-@ccmode{} also comes with the criteria function
-@code{c-semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners}, which suppresses
-newlines after semicolons inside one-line inline method definitions
-(e.g., in C++ or Java).
-@end defun
+@cindex substatement
+@cindex substatement block
+@noindent
+which tells us that this is a brace that @emph{opens} a substatement
+block. @footnote{A @dfn{substatement} is the line after a
+conditional statement, such as @code{if}, @code{else}, @code{while},
+@code{do}, @code{switch}, etc. A @dfn{substatement
+block} is a brace block following one of these conditional statements.}
+@cindex comment-only line
+Syntactic contexts can contain more than one element, and syntactic
+elements need not have anchor positions. The most common example of
+this is a @dfn{comment-only line}:
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Other Special Indentations, , Customizing Semicolons and Commas, Advanced Customizations
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@subsection Other Special Indentations
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@example
+ 1: void draw_list( List<Drawables>& drawables )
+ 2: @{
+ 3: // call the virtual draw() method on each element in list
+ 4: for( int i=0; i < drawables.count(), ++i )
+ 5: @{
+ 6: drawables[i].draw();
+ 7: @}
+ 8: @}
+@end example
-Here are the remaining odds and ends regarding indentation:
+@noindent
+Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 3 of this example gives:
-@defopt c-label-minimum-indentation
-@vindex label-minimum-indentation (c-)
-In @samp{gnu} style (@pxref{Built-in Styles}), a minimum indentation
-is imposed on lines inside top-level constructs. This minimum
-indentation is controlled by this style variable. The default value
-is 1.
-@end defopt
+@example
+((comment-intro) (defun-block-intro 46))
+@end example
-@defopt c-special-indent-hook
-@vindex special-indent-hook (c-)
-This style variable is a standard hook variable that is called after
-every line is indented by @ccmode{}. You can use it to do any special
-indentation or line adjustments your style dictates, such as adding
-extra indentation to constructors or destructor declarations in a
-class definition, etc. Note that you should not change point or mark
-inside your @code{c-special-indent-hook} functions, i.e., you'll
-probably want to wrap your function in a @code{save-excursion}.
-
-Setting @code{c-special-indent-hook} in your style definition is
-handled slightly differently than other variables. In your style
-definition, you should set the value for @code{c-special-indent-hook}
-to a function or list of functions, which will be appended to
-@code{c-special-indent-hook} using @code{add-hook}. That way, the
-current setting for the buffer local value of
-@code{c-special-indent-hook} won't be overridden.
-@end defopt
+@noindent
+and you can see that the syntactic context contains two syntactic
+elements. Notice that the first element, @samp{(comment-intro)}, has no
+anchor position.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Syntactic Symbols, Indentation Functions, Customizing Indentation, Top
+@node Syntactic Symbols, Indentation Calculation, Syntactic Analysis, Indentation Engine Basics
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Syntactic Symbols
+@section Syntactic Symbols
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@cindex syntactic symbols, brief list
@vindex c-offsets-alist
@vindex offsets-alist (c-)
-Here is a complete list of the recognized syntactic symbols as described
-in the @code{c-offsets-alist} style variable, along with a brief
-description. More detailed descriptions follow.
+This section is a complete list of the syntactic symbols which appear
+in the @code{c-offsets-alist} style variable, along with brief
+descriptions. The previous section (@pxref{Syntactic Analysis})
+states what syntactic symbols are and how the indentation engine uses
+them.
+
+More detailed descriptions of these symbols, together with snippets of
+source code to which they apply, appear in the examples in the
+subsections below. Note that, in the interests of brevity, the anchor
+position associated with most syntactic symbols is @emph{not}
+specified. In cases of doubt, type @kbd{C-c C-s} on a pertinent
+line---this highlights the anchor position.
+
+@ssindex -open symbols
+@ssindex -close symbols
+@ssindex -block-intro symbols
+The syntactic symbols which indicate brace constructs follow a general
+naming convention. When a line begins with an open or close brace,
+its syntactic symbol will contain the suffix @code{-open} or
+@code{-close} respectively. The first line within the brace block
+construct will contain the suffix @code{-block-intro}.
+
+@ssindex -intro symbols
+@ssindex -cont symbols
+In constructs which can span several lines, a distinction is usually
+made between the first line that introduces the construct and the
+lines that continue it. The syntactic symbols that indicate these
+lines will contain the suffixes @code{-intro} or @code{-cont}
+respectively.
+
+The best way to understand how all this works is by looking at some
+examples. Remember that you can see the syntax of any source code
+line by using @kbd{C-c C-s}.
@table @code
@item string
-Inside a multiline string.
+Inside a multiline string. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item c
-Inside a multiline C style block comment.
+Inside a multiline C style block comment. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item defun-open
-Brace that opens a top-level function definition.
+Brace that opens a top-level function definition. @ref{Function
+Symbols}.
@item defun-close
-Brace that closes a top-level function definition.
+Brace that closes a top-level function definition. @ref{Function
+Symbols}.
@item defun-block-intro
-The first line in a top-level defun.
+The first line in a top-level defun. @ref{Function Symbols}.
@item class-open
-Brace that opens a class definition.
+Brace that opens a class definition. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item class-close
-Brace that closes a class definition.
+Brace that closes a class definition. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item inline-open
-Brace that opens an in-class inline method.
+Brace that opens an in-class inline method. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item inline-close
-Brace that closes an in-class inline method.
+Brace that closes an in-class inline method. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item func-decl-cont
The region between a function definition's argument list and the
-function opening brace (excluding K&R argument declarations). In C, you
-cannot put anything but whitespace and comments in this region, however
-in C++ and Java, @code{throws} declarations and other things can appear
-here.
+function opening brace (excluding K&R argument declarations). In C,
+you cannot put anything but whitespace and comments in this region,
+however in C++ and Java, @code{throws} declarations and other things
+can appear here. @ref{Literal Symbols}. @c @emph{FIXME!!! Can it not
+@c go somewhere better?}
@item knr-argdecl-intro
-First line of a K&R C argument declaration.
+First line of a K&R C argument declaration. @ref{K&R Symbols}.
@item knr-argdecl
-Subsequent lines in a K&R C argument declaration.
+Subsequent lines in a K&R C argument declaration. @ref{K&R Symbols}.
@item topmost-intro
-The first line in a ``topmost'' definition.
+The first line in a ``topmost'' definition. @ref{Function Symbols}.
@item topmost-intro-cont
Topmost definition continuation lines. This is only used in the parts
that aren't covered by other symbols such as @code{func-decl-cont} and
-@code{knr-argdecl}.
+@code{knr-argdecl}. @ref{Function Symbols}.
@item member-init-intro
-First line in a member initialization list.
+First line in a member initialization list. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item member-init-cont
-Subsequent member initialization list lines.
+Subsequent member initialization list lines. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item inher-intro
-First line of a multiple inheritance list.
+First line of a multiple inheritance list. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item inher-cont
-Subsequent multiple inheritance lines.
+Subsequent multiple inheritance lines. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item block-open
-Statement block open brace.
+Statement block open brace. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item block-close
-Statement block close brace.
+Statement block close brace. @ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
@item brace-list-open
-Open brace of an enum or static array list.
+Open brace of an enum or static array list. @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
@item brace-list-close
-Close brace of an enum or static array list.
+Close brace of an enum or static array list. @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
@item brace-list-intro
-First line in an enum or static array list.
+First line in an enum or static array list. @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
@item brace-list-entry
-Subsequent lines in an enum or static array list.
+Subsequent lines in an enum or static array list. @ref{Brace List
+Symbols}.
@item brace-entry-open
Subsequent lines in an enum or static array list where the line begins
-with an open brace.
+with an open brace. @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
@item statement
-A statement.
+A statement. @ref{Function Symbols}.
@item statement-cont
-A continuation of a statement.
+A continuation of a statement. @ref{Function Symbols}.
@item statement-block-intro
-The first line in a new statement block.
+The first line in a new statement block. @ref{Conditional Construct
+Symbols}.
@item statement-case-intro
-The first line in a case block.
+The first line in a case block. @ref{Switch Statement Symbols}.
@item statement-case-open
-The first line in a case block that starts with a brace.
+The first line in a case block that starts with a brace. @ref{Switch
+Statement Symbols}.
@item substatement
The first line after a conditional or loop construct.
+@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
@item substatement-open
-The brace that opens a substatement block.
+The brace that opens a substatement block. @ref{Conditional Construct
+Symbols}.
@item substatement-label
The first line after a conditional or loop construct if it's a label.
+@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
@item case-label
-A label in a @code{switch} block.
+A label in a @code{switch} block. @ref{Switch Statement Symbols}.
@item access-label
-C++ access control label.
+C++ access control label. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item label
-Any other label.
+Any other label. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item do-while-closure
The @code{while} line that ends a @code{do}-@code{while} construct.
+@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
@item else-clause
The @code{else} line of an @code{if}-@code{else} construct.
+@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
@item catch-clause
The @code{catch} or @code{finally} (in Java) line of a
-@code{try}-@code{catch} construct.
+@code{try}-@code{catch} construct. @ref{Conditional Construct
+Symbols}.
@item comment-intro
-A line containing only a comment introduction.
+A line containing only a comment introduction. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item arglist-intro
-The first line in an argument list.
+The first line in an argument list. @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
@item arglist-cont
-Subsequent argument list lines when no arguments follow on the same line
-as the arglist opening paren.
+Subsequent argument list lines when no arguments follow on the same
+line as the arglist opening paren. @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
@item arglist-cont-nonempty
-Subsequent argument list lines when at least one argument follows on the
-same line as the arglist opening paren.
+Subsequent argument list lines when at least one argument follows on
+the same line as the arglist opening paren. @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
@item arglist-close
-The solo close paren of an argument list.
+The solo close paren of an argument list. @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
@item stream-op
-Lines continuing a stream operator (C++ only).
+Lines continuing a stream operator (C++ only). @ref{Literal
+Symbols}. @c @emph{FIXME!!! Can this not be moved somewhere better?}
@item inclass
-The line is nested inside a class definition.
+The line is nested inside a class definition. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item cpp-macro
-The start of a preprocessor macro definition.
+The start of a preprocessor macro definition. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
@item cpp-define-intro
The first line inside a multiline preproprocessor macro if
-@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is set.
+@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is set. @ref{Multiline Macro
+Symbols}.
@item cpp-macro-cont
All lines inside multiline preprocessor macros if
@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is @code{nil}.
+@ref{Multiline Macro Symbols}.
@item friend
-A C++ friend declaration.
+A C++ friend declaration. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item objc-method-intro
-The first line of an Objective-C method definition.
+The first line of an Objective-C method definition. @ref{Objective-C
+Method Symbols}.
@item objc-method-args-cont
-Lines continuing an Objective-C method definition.
+Lines continuing an Objective-C method definition. @ref{Objective-C
+Method Symbols}.
@item objc-method-call-cont
-Lines continuing an Objective-C method call.
+Lines continuing an Objective-C method call. @ref{Objective-C Method
+Symbols}.
@item extern-lang-open
-Brace that opens an @code{extern} block (e.g., @code{extern "C" @{...@}}).
+Brace that opens an @code{extern} block (e.g. @code{extern "C"
+@{...@}}). @ref{External Scope Symbols}.
@item extern-lang-close
-Brace that closes an @code{extern} block.
+Brace that closes an @code{extern} block. @ref{External Scope
+Symbols}.
@item inextern-lang
Analogous to @code{inclass} syntactic symbol, but used inside
-@code{extern} blocks.
+@code{extern} blocks. @ref{External Scope Symbols}.
@item namespace-open
@itemx namespace-close
@itemx innamespace
These are analogous to the three @code{extern-lang} symbols above, but
-are returned for C++ namespace blocks.
+are returned for C++ namespace blocks. @ref{External Scope Symbols}.
@item module-open
@itemx module-close
@itemx inmodule
Analogous to the above, but for CORBA IDL @code{module} blocks.
+@ref{External Scope Symbols}.
@item composition-open
@itemx composition-close
@itemx incomposition
Analogous to the above, but for CORBA CIDL @code{composition} blocks.
+@ref{External Scope Symbols}.
@item template-args-cont
-C++ template argument list continuations.
+C++ template argument list continuations. @ref{Class Symbols}.
@item inlambda
Analogous to @code{inclass} syntactic symbol, but used inside lambda
-(i.e., anonymous) functions. Only used in Pike mode.
+(i.e. anonymous) functions. Only used in Pike mode. @ref{Statement
+Block Symbols}.
@item lambda-intro-cont
-Lines continuing the header of a lambda function, i.e., between the
+Lines continuing the header of a lambda function, i.e. between the
@code{lambda} keyword and the function body. Only used in Pike mode.
+@ref{Statement Block Symbols}.
@item inexpr-statement
-A statement block inside an expression. The gcc C and C++ extension for
-this is recognized. It's also used for the special functions that take
-a statement block as an argument in Pike.
+A statement block inside an expression. The gcc C and C++ extension
+for this is recognized. It's also used for the special functions that
+take a statement block as an argument in Pike. @ref{Statement Block
+Symbols}.
@item inexpr-class
A class definition inside an expression. This is used for anonymous
classes in Java. It's also used for anonymous array initializers in
-Java.
+Java. @ref{Anonymous Class Symbol}.
@end table
-@ssindex -open symbols
-@ssindex -close symbols
-Most syntactic symbol names follow a general naming convention. When a
-line begins with an open or close brace, the syntactic symbol will
-contain the suffix @code{-open} or @code{-close} respectively.
+@menu
+* Function Symbols::
+* Class Symbols::
+* Conditional Construct Symbols::
+* Switch Statement Symbols::
+* Brace List Symbols::
+* External Scope Symbols::
+* Paren List Symbols::
+* Literal Symbols::
+* Multiline Macro Symbols::
+* Objective-C Method Symbols::
+* Anonymous Class Symbol::
+* Statement Block Symbols::
+* K&R Symbols::
+@end menu
-@ssindex -intro symbols
-@ssindex -cont symbols
-@ssindex -block-intro symbols
-Usually, a distinction is made between the first line that introduces a
-construct and lines that continue a construct, and the syntactic symbols
-that represent these lines will contain the suffix @code{-intro} or
-@code{-cont} respectively. As a sub-classification of this scheme, a
-line which is the first of a particular brace block construct will
-contain the suffix @code{-block-intro}.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Function Symbols, Class Symbols, Syntactic Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Function Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-Let's look at some examples to understand how this works. Remember that
-you can check the syntax of any line by using @kbd{C-c C-s}.
+This example shows a typical function declaration.
@example
1: void
the brace that opens a top-level function definition. Line 9 is the
corresponding
@code{defun-close} since it contains the brace that closes the top-level
-function definition. Line 4 is a @code{defun-block-intro}, i.e., it is
+function definition. Line 4 is a @code{defun-block-intro}, i.e. it is
the first line of a brace-block, enclosed in a
top-level function definition.
@code{statement-cont} syntax since it continues the statement begun
on the previous line.
-Here's another example, which illustrates some C++ class syntactic
-symbols:
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Class Symbols, Conditional Construct Symbols, Function Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Class related Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+Here's an example which illustrates some C++ class syntactic symbols:
@example
1: class Bass
((inclass 58) (topmost-intro 380) (friend))
@end example
-The @code{friend} syntactic symbol is a modifier that typically does not
-have a relative buffer position.
+The @code{friend} and @code{inline-open} syntactic symbols are
+modifiers that do not have anchor positions.
+@ssindex template-args-cont
Template definitions introduce yet another syntactic symbol:
@example
Here, line 1 is analyzed as a @code{topmost-intro}, but lines 2 and 3
are both analyzed as @code{template-args-cont} lines.
-Here is another (totally contrived) example which illustrates how syntax
-is assigned to various conditional constructs:
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Conditional Construct Symbols, Switch Statement Symbols, Class Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Conditional Construct Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+Here is a (totally contrived) example which illustrates how syntax is
+assigned to various conditional constructs:
@example
1: void spam( int index )
Only the lines that illustrate new syntactic symbols will be discussed.
@ssindex substatement-open
-@ssindex substatement-block-intro
+@ssindex statement-block-intro
@ssindex block-close
Line 4 has a brace which opens a conditional's substatement block. It
is thus assigned @code{substatement-open} syntax, and since line 5 is
the first line in the substatement block, it is assigned
-@code{substatement-block-intro} syntax. Line 10 contains the brace that
-closes the inner substatement block, and is therefore given the syntax
-@code{block-close}. Line 13 is treated the same way.
+@code{statement-block-intro} syntax. Line 10 contains the brace
+that closes the inner substatement block, and is therefore given the
+syntax @code{block-close}@footnote{@code{block-open} is used only for
+``free-standing'' blocks, and is somewhat rare (@pxref{Literal
+Symbols} for an example.)}. Line 13 is treated the same way.
@ssindex substatement
Lines 6 and 9 are also substatements of conditionals, but since they
the same line as the preceding close brace, that line would still have
@code{block-close} syntax.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Switch Statement Symbols, Brace List Symbols, Conditional Construct Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Switch Statement Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
Switch statements have their own set of syntactic symbols. Here's an
example:
is treated slightly differently since it contains a brace that opens a
block --- it is given @code{statement-case-open} syntax.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Brace List Symbols, External Scope Symbols, Switch Statement Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Brace List Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
@cindex brace lists
There are a set of syntactic symbols that are used to recognize
constructs inside of brace lists. A brace list is defined as an
expect. Once again, line 8 is assigned as @code{brace-entry-open} as is
line 10.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node External Scope Symbols, Paren List Symbols, Brace List Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection External Scope Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
External language definition blocks also have their own syntactic
symbols. In this example:
There are various other top level blocks like @code{extern}, and they
are all treated in the same way except that the symbols are named after
-the keyword that introduces the block. e.g., C++ namespace blocks get
+the keyword that introduces the block. E.g. C++ namespace blocks get
the three symbols @code{namespace-open}, @code{namespace-close} and
@code{innamespace}. The currently recognized top level blocks are:
@code{composition} blocks in CORBA CIDL.
@end table
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Paren List Symbols, Literal Symbols, External Scope Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Parenthesis (Argument) List Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
A number of syntactic symbols are associated with parenthesis lists,
a.k.a argument lists, as found in function declarations and function
calls. This example illustrates these:
@code{arglist-cont} syntax. This is because the parenthesis that opens
their argument lists is the last character on that line.
+Syntactic elements with @code{arglist-intro},
+@code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, and @code{arglist-close} contain two
+buffer positions: the anchor position (the beginning of the
+declaration or statement) and the position of the open parenthesis.
+The latter position can be used in a line-up function (@pxref{Line-Up
+Functions}).
+
Note that there is no @code{arglist-open} syntax. This is because any
parenthesis that opens an argument list, appearing on a separate line,
is assigned the @code{statement-cont} syntax instead.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Literal Symbols, Multiline Macro Symbols, Paren List Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Comment String Label and Macro Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
A few miscellaneous syntactic symbols that haven't been previously
covered are illustrated by this C++ example:
@item
@ssindex comment-intro
Line 4 is assigned both @code{defun-block-intro} @emph{and}
-@code{comment-intro} syntax.
+@code{comment-intro} syntax. A syntactic element with
+@code{comment-intro} has no anchor point --- It is always accompanied
+by another syntactic element which does have one.
@item
@ssindex c
@item
@ssindex block-open
-Line 11 is assigned @code{block-open} syntax.
+Line 11 is assigned @code{block-open} as well as @code{statement}
+syntax. A @code{block-open} syntactic element doesn't have an anchor
+position, since it always appears with another syntactic element which
+does have one.
@item
@ssindex cpp-macro
configured to cancel out the normal syntactic context to make all
preprocessor directives stick to the first column, but that's easily
changed if you want preprocessor directives to be indented like the rest
-of the code.
+of the code. Like @code{comment-intro}, a syntactic element with
+@code{cpp-macro} doesn't contain an anchor position.
@item
@ssindex stream-op
Line 17 is assigned @code{stream-op} syntax.
@end itemize
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Multiline Macro Symbols, Objective-C Method Symbols, Literal Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Multiline Macro Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
@cindex multiline macros
@cindex syntactic whitespace
@ssindex cpp-define-intro
+@ssindex cpp-macro-cont
Multiline preprocessor macro definitions are normally handled just like
-other code, i.e., the lines inside them are indented according to the
+other code, i.e. the lines inside them are indented according to the
syntactic analysis of the preceding lines inside the macro. The first
-line inside a macro definition (i.e., the line after the starting line of
+line inside a macro definition (i.e. the line after the starting line of
the cpp directive itself) gets @code{cpp-define-intro}. In this example:
@example
of a cpp directive is always given that symbol. Line 2 is given
@code{cpp-define-intro}, so that you can give the macro body as a whole
some extra indentation. Lines 3 through 5 are then analyzed as normal
-code, i.e., @code{substatement} on lines 3 and 4, and @code{else-clause}
+code, i.e. @code{substatement} on lines 3 and 4, and @code{else-clause}
on line 5.
The syntactic analysis inside macros can be turned off with
-@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros}. In that case, lines 2 through
-5 would all be given @code{cpp-macro-cont} with a relative buffer
-position pointing to the @code{#} which starts the cpp
+@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} (@pxref{Custom Macros}). In
+that case, lines 2 through 5 would all be given @code{cpp-macro-cont}
+with an anchor position pointing to the @code{#} which starts the cpp
directive@footnote{This is how @ccmode{} 5.28 and earlier analyzed
macros.}.
-@xref{Macro Handling}, for more info about the treatment of macros.
+@xref{Custom Macros}, for more info about the treatment of macros.
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Objective-C Method Symbols, Anonymous Class Symbol, Multiline Macro Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Objective-C Method Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
In Objective-C buffers, there are three additional syntactic symbols
assigned to various message calling constructs. Here's an example
assigned @code{objc-method-args-cont} syntax. Lines 5 and 6 are both
assigned @code{objc-method-call-cont} syntax.
-Java has a concept of anonymous classes, which may look something like
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Anonymous Class Symbol, Statement Block Symbols, Objective-C Method Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Anonymous Class Symbol (Java)
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+Java has a concept of anonymous classes which can look something like
this:
@example
Lines 3 and 6 are assigned the @code{inexpr-class} syntax, besides the
@code{inclass} symbol used in normal classes. Thus, the class will be
indented just like a normal class, with the added indentation given to
-@code{inexpr-class}.
+@code{inexpr-class}. An @code{inexpr-class} syntactic element doesn't
+have an anchor position.
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Statement Block Symbols, K&R Symbols, Anonymous Class Symbol, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Statement Block Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-There are a few occasions where a statement block may be used inside an
-expression. One is in C or C++ code using the gcc extension for this,
-e.g:
+There are a few occasions where a statement block might be used inside
+an expression. One is in C or C++ code using the gcc extension for
+this, e.g:
@example
1: int res = (@{
Lines 2 and 5 get the @code{inexpr-statement} syntax, besides the
symbols they'd get in a normal block. Therefore, the indentation put on
@code{inexpr-statement} is added to the normal statement block
-indentation.
+indentation. An @code{inexpr-statement} syntactic element doesn't
+contain an anchor position.
In Pike code, there are a few other situations where blocks occur inside
statements, as illustrated here:
example above. The other similar special function, @code{gauge}, is
handled like this too.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node K&R Symbols, , Statement Block Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection K&R Symbols
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
@ssindex knr-argdecl-intro
@ssindex knr-argdecl
Two other syntactic symbols can appear in old style, non-prototyped C
7: @}
@end example
-Here, line 2 is the first line in an argument declaration list and so is
-given the @code{knr-argdecl-intro} syntactic symbol. Subsequent lines
-(i.e., lines 3 and 4 in this example), are given @code{knr-argdecl}
-syntax.
+Here, line 2 is the first line in an argument declaration list and so is
+given the @code{knr-argdecl-intro} syntactic symbol. Subsequent lines
+(i.e. lines 3 and 4 in this example), are given @code{knr-argdecl}
+syntax.
+
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Indentation Calculation, , Syntactic Symbols, Indentation Engine Basics
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Indentation Calculation
+@cindex indentation
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+Indentation for a line is calculated from the syntactic context
+(@pxref{Syntactic Analysis}).
+
+First, a buffer position is found whose column will be the base for the
+indentation calculation. It's the anchor position in the first
+syntactic element that provides one that is used. If no syntactic
+element has an anchor position then column zero is used.
+
+Second, the syntactic symbols in each syntactic element are looked up
+in the @code{c-offsets-alist} style variable
+(@pxref{c-offsets-alist}), which is an association list of syntactic
+symbols and the offsets to apply for those symbols. These offsets are
+added together with the base column to produce the new indentation
+column.
+
+Let's use our two code examples above to see how this works. Here is
+our first example again:
+
+@example
+ 1: void swap( int& a, int& b )
+ 2: @{
+ 3: int tmp = a;
+ 4: a = b;
+ 5: b = tmp;
+ 6: @}
+@end example
+
+Let's say point is on line 3 and we hit the @key{TAB} key to reindent
+the line. The syntactic context for that line is:
+
+@example
+((defun-block-intro 29))
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Since buffer position 29 is the first and only anchor position in the
+list, @ccmode{} goes there and asks for the current column. This brace
+is in column zero, so @ccmode{} uses @samp{0} as the base column.
+
+Next, @ccmode{} looks up @code{defun-block-intro} in the
+@code{c-offsets-alist} style variable. Let's say it finds the value
+@samp{4}; it adds this to the base column @samp{0}, yielding a running
+total indentation of 4 spaces.
+
+Since there is only one syntactic element on the list for this line,
+indentation calculation is complete, and the total indentation for the
+line is 4 spaces.
+
+Here's another example:
+
+@example
+ 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
+ 2: @{
+ 3: if( doit )
+ 4: @{
+ 5: return( val + incr );
+ 6: @}
+ 7: return( val );
+ 8: @}
+@end example
+
+If we were to hit @kbd{TAB} on line 4 in the above example, the same
+basic process is performed, despite the differences in the syntactic
+context. The context for this line is:
+
+@example
+((substatement-open 46))
+@end example
+
+Here, @ccmode{} goes to buffer position 46, which is the @samp{i} in
+@code{if} on line 3. This character is in the fourth column on that
+line so the base column is @samp{4}. Then @ccmode{} looks up the
+@code{substatement-open} symbol in @code{c-offsets-alist}. Let's say it
+finds the value @samp{4}. It's added with the base column and yields an
+indentation for the line of 8 spaces.
+
+Simple, huh?
+
+Actually, it's a bit more complicated than that since the entries on
+@code{c-offsets-alist} can be much more than plain offsets.
+@xref{c-offsets-alist}, for the full story.
+
+Anyway, the mode usually just does The Right Thing without you having to
+think about it in this much detail. But when customizing indentation,
+it's helpful to understand the general indentation model being used.
+
+As you configure @ccmode{}, you might want to set the variable
+@code{c-echo-syntactic-information-p} to non-@code{nil} so that the
+syntactic context and calculated offset always is echoed in the
+minibuffer when you hit @kbd{TAB}.
+
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Customizing Indentation, Custom Macros, Indentation Engine Basics, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Customizing Indentation
+@cindex customization, indentation
+@cindex indentation
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+The principal variable for customizing indentation is the style
+variable @code{c-offsets-alist}, which gives an @dfn{offset} (an
+indentation rule) for each syntactic symbol. Its structure and
+semantics are completely described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}. The
+various ways you can set the variable, including the use of the
+@ccmode{} style system, are described in @ref{Config Basics} and its
+sections, in particular @ref{Style Variables}.
+
+The simplest and most used kind of ``offset'' setting in
+@code{c-offsets-alist} is in terms of multiples of
+@code{c-basic-offset}:
+
+@defopt c-basic-offset
+@vindex basic-offset (c-)
+This style variable holds the basic offset between indentation levels.
+It's factory default is 4, but all the built-in styles set it
+themselves, to some value between 2 (for @code{gnu} style) and 8 (for
+@code{bsd}, @code{linux}, and @code{python} styles).
+@end defopt
+
+The most flexible ``offset'' setting you can make in
+@code{c-offsets-alist} is a line-up function (or even a list of them),
+either one supplied by @ccmode{} (@pxref{Line-Up Functions}) or one
+you write yourself (@pxref{Custom Line-Up}).
+
+Finally, in @ref{Other Indentation} you'll find the tool of last
+resort: a hook which is called after a line has been indented. You
+can install functions here to make ad-hoc adjustments to any line's
+indentation.
+
+@menu
+* c-offsets-alist::
+* Interactive Customization::
+* Line-Up Functions::
+* Custom Line-Up::
+* Other Indentation::
+@end menu
+
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node c-offsets-alist, Interactive Customization, Customizing Indentation, Customizing Indentation
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section c-offsets-alist
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+This section explains the structure and semantics of the style
+variable @code{c-offset-alist}, the principal variable for configuring
+indentation. Details of how to set it up, and its relationship to
+@ccmode{}'s style system are given in @ref{Style Variables}.
+
+@defopt c-offsets-alist
+@vindex offsets-alist (c-)
+This is an alist which associates an offset with each syntactic
+symbol. This @dfn{offset} is a rule specifying how to indent a line
+whose syntactic context matches the symbol. @xref{Syntactic
+Analysis}.
+
+Note that the buffer-local binding of this alist in a @ccmode{} buffer
+contains an entry for @emph{every} syntactic symbol. Its global
+binding and its settings within style specifications usually contain
+only a few entries. @xref{Style Variables}.
+
+The offset specification associated with any particular syntactic
+symbol can be an integer, a variable name, a vector, a function or
+lambda expression, a list, or one of the following special symbols:
+@code{+}, @code{-}, @code{++}, @code{--}, @code{*}, or @code{/}. The
+meanings of these values are described in detail below.
+
+Here is an example fragment of a @code{c-offsets-alist}, showing some
+of these kinds of offsets:
+
+@example
+((statement . 0)
+ (substatement . +)
+ (cpp-macro . [0])
+ (topmost-intro-cont . c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont)
+ (statement-block-intro . (add c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block
+ c-indent-multi-line-block))
+ @dots{}
+@*)
+@end example
+@end defopt
+
+@deffn Command c-set-offset (@kbd{C-c C-o})
+@findex set-offset (c-)
+@kindex C-c C-o
+This command changes the entry for a syntactic symbol in the current
+binding of @code{c-offsets-alist}, or it inserts a new entry if there
+isn't already one for that syntactic symbol.
+
+You can use @code{c-set-offsets} interactively within a @ccmode{}
+buffer to make experimental changes to your indentation settings.
+@kbd{C-c C-o} prompts you for the syntactic symbol to change
+(defaulting to that of the current line) and the new offset
+(defaulting to the current offset).
+
+@code{c-set-offsets} takes two arguments when used programmatically:
+@var{symbol}, the syntactic element symbol to change and @var{offset},
+the new offset for that syntactic element. You can call the command
+in your @file{.emacs} to change the global binding of
+@code{c-offsets-alist} (@pxref{Style Variables}); you can use it in a
+hook function to make changes from the current style. @ccmode{}
+itself uses this function when initializing styles.
+@end deffn
+
+@cindex offset specification
+The ``offset specifications'' in @code{c-offsets-alist} can be any of
+the following:
+
+@table @asis
+@item An integer
+The integer specifies a relative offset. All relative
+offsets@footnote{The syntactic context @code{@w{((defun-block-intro
+2724) (comment-intro))}} would likely have two relative offsets.} will
+be added together and used to calculate the indentation relative to an
+anchor position earlier in the buffer. @xref{Indentation
+Calculation}, for details. Most of the time, it's probably better to
+use one of the special symbols like @code{+} than an integer (apart
+from zero).
+
+@item One of the symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{++}, @code{--}, @code{*}, or @code{/}
+These special symbols describe a relative offset in multiples of
+@code{c-basic-offset}:
+
+By defining a style's indentation in terms of @code{c-basic-offset},
+you can change the amount of whitespace given to an indentation level
+while maintaining the same basic shape of your code. Here are the
+values that the special symbols correspond to:
+
+@table @code
+@item +
+@code{c-basic-offset} times 1
+@item -
+@code{c-basic-offset} times -1
+@item ++
+@code{c-basic-offset} times 2
+@item --
+@code{c-basic-offset} times -2
+@item *
+@code{c-basic-offset} times 0.5
+@item /
+@code{c-basic-offset} times -0.5
+@end table
+
+@item A vector
+The first element of the vector, an integer, sets the absolute
+indentation column. This will override any previously calculated
+indentation, but won't override relative indentation calculated from
+syntactic elements later on in the syntactic context of the line being
+indented. @xref{Indentation Calculation}. Any elements in the vector
+beyond the first will be ignored.
+
+@item A function or lambda expression
+The function will be called and its return value will in turn be
+evaluated as an offset specification. Functions are useful when more
+context than just the syntactic symbol is needed to get the desired
+indentation. @xref{Line-Up Functions}, and @ref{Custom Line-Up}, for
+details about them.
+
+@item A symbol with a variable binding
+If the symbol also has a function binding, the function takes
+precedence over the variable. Otherwise the value of the variable is
+used. It must be an integer (which is used as relative offset) or a
+vector (an absolute offset).
+
+@item A list
+The offset can also be a list containing several offset
+specifications; these are evaluated recursively and combined. A list
+is typically only useful when some of the offsets are line-up
+functions. A common strategy is calling a sequence of functions in
+turn until one of them recognizes that it is appropriate for the
+source line and returns a non-@code{nil} value.
+
+@code{nil} values are always ignored when the offsets are combined.
+The first element of the list specifies the method of combining the
+non-@code{nil} offsets from the remaining elements:
+
+@table @code
+@item first
+Use the first offset that doesn't evaluate to @code{nil}. Subsequent
+elements of the list don't get evaluated.
+@item min
+Use the minimum of all the offsets. All must be either relative or
+absolute - they can't be mixed.
+@item max
+Use the maximum of all the offsets. All must be either relative or
+absolute - they can't be mixed.
+@item add
+Add all the evaluated offsets together. Exactly one of them may be
+absolute, in which case the result is absolute. Any relative offsets
+that preceded the absolute one in the list will be ignored in that case.
+@end table
+
+As a compatibility measure, if the first element is none of the above
+then it too will be taken as an offset specification and the whole list
+will be combined according to the method @code{first}.
+@end table
+
+@vindex c-strict-syntax-p
+@vindex strict-syntax-p (c-)
+If an offset specification evaluates to @code{nil}, then a relative
+offset of 0 (zero) is used@footnote{There is however a variable
+@code{c-strict-syntax-p} that when set to non-@code{nil} will cause an
+error to be signaled in that case. It's now considered obsolete since
+it doesn't work well with some of the alignment functions that returns
+@code{nil} instead of zero. You should therefore leave
+@code{c-strict-syntax-p} set to @code{nil}.}.
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Interactive Customization, Line-Up Functions, c-offsets-alist, Customizing Indentation
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Interactive Customization
+@cindex customization, interactive
+@cindex interactive customization
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+As an example of how to customize indentation, let's change the
+style of this example@footnote{In this and subsequent examples, the
+original code is formatted using the @samp{gnu} style unless otherwise
+indicated. @xref{Styles}.}:
+
+@example
+@group
+ 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
+ 2: @{
+ 3: if( doit )
+ 4: @{
+ 5: return( val + incr );
+ 6: @}
+ 7: return( val );
+ 8: @}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+to:
+
+@example
+@group
+ 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
+ 2: @{
+ 3: if( doit )
+ 4: @{
+ 5: return( val + incr );
+ 6: @}
+ 7: return( val );
+ 8: @}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+In other words, we want to change the indentation of braces that open a
+block following a condition so that the braces line up under the
+conditional, instead of being indented. Notice that the construct we
+want to change starts on line 4. To change the indentation of a line,
+we need to see which syntactic symbols affect the offset calculations
+for that line. Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 4 yields:
+
+@example
+((substatement-open 44))
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+so we know that to change the offset of the open brace, we need to
+change the indentation for the @code{substatement-open} syntactic
+symbol.
+
+To do this interactively, just hit @kbd{C-c C-o}. This prompts
+you for the syntactic symbol to change, providing a reasonable default.
+In this case, the default is @code{substatement-open}, which is just the
+syntactic symbol we want to change!
+
+After you hit return, @ccmode{} will then prompt you for the new
+offset value, with the old value as the default. The default in this
+case is @samp{+}, but we want no extra indentation so enter
+@samp{0} and @kbd{RET}. This will associate the offset 0 with the
+syntactic symbol @code{substatement-open}.
+
+To check your changes quickly, just hit @kbd{C-c C-q}
+(@code{c-indent-defun}) to reindent the entire function. The example
+should now look like:
+
+@example
+@group
+ 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
+ 2: @{
+ 3: if( doit )
+ 4: @{
+ 5: return( val + incr );
+ 6: @}
+ 7: return( val );
+ 8: @}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+Notice how just changing the open brace offset on line 4 is all we
+needed to do. Since the other affected lines are indented relative to
+line 4, they are automatically indented the way you'd expect. For more
+complicated examples, this might not always work. The general approach
+to take is to always start adjusting offsets for lines higher up in the
+file, then reindent and see if any following lines need further
+adjustments.
+
+@c Move this bit to "Styles" (2005/10/7)
+@deffn Command c-set-offset symbol offset
+@findex set-offset (c-)
+@kindex C-c C-o
+This is the command bound to @kbd{C-c C-o}. It provides a convenient
+way to set offsets on @code{c-offsets-alist} both interactively (see
+the example above) and from your mode hook.
+It takes two arguments when used programmatically: @var{symbol} is the
+syntactic element symbol to change and @var{offset} is the new offset
+for that syntactic element.
+@end deffn
+@c End of MOVE THIS BIT.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Indentation Functions, AWK Mode, Syntactic Symbols, Top
+@node Line-Up Functions, Custom Line-Up, Interactive Customization, Customizing Indentation
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Indentation Functions
+@section Line-Up Functions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@cindex indentation function
@cindex line-up function
+@cindex indentation function
Often there are cases when a simple offset setting on a syntactic
-symbol isn't enough to get the desired indentation. Therefore, it's
-also possible to use an @dfn{indentation function} (a.k.a. @dfn{line-up
-function}) for a syntactic symbol.
-
-@ccmode{} comes with many predefined indentation functions for common
-situations. If none of these does what you want, you can write your
-own, see @ref{Custom Indentation Functions}. If you do, it's probably a
-good idea to start working from one of these predefined functions, they
-can be found in the file @file{cc-align.el}.
-
-For every function below there is a ``works with'' list that indicates
+symbol isn't enough to get the desired indentation---for example, you
+might want to line up a closing parenthesis with the matching opening
+one rather than indenting relative to its ``anchor point''. @ccmode{}
+provides this flexibility with @dfn{line-up functions}.
+
+The way you associate a line-up function with a syntactic symbol is
+described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}. @ccmode{} comes with many
+predefined line-up functions for common situations. If none of these
+does what you want, you can write your own. @xref{Custom Line-Up}.
+Sometimes, it is easier to tweak the standard indentation by adding a
+function to @code{c-special-indent-hook} (@pxref{Other Indentation}).
+
+The line-up functions haven't been adapted for AWK buffers or tested
+with them. Some of them might work serendipitously. There shouldn't be
+any problems writing custom line-up functions for AWK mode.
+
+The calling convention for line-up functions is described fully in
+@ref{Custom Line-Up}. Roughly speaking, the return value is either an
+offset itself (such as @code{+} or @code{[0]}) or it's @code{nil},
+meaning ``this function is inappropriate in this case - try a
+different one''. @xref{c-offsets-alist}.
+
+The subsections below describe all the standard line-up functions,
+categorized by the sort of token the lining-up centres around. For
+each of these functions there is a ``works with'' list that indicates
which syntactic symbols the function is intended to be used with.
@macro workswith
@end macro
@end iftex
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@defun c-indent-one-line-block
-@findex indent-one-line-block (c-)
-Indent a one line block @code{c-basic-offset} extra. E.g:
-
-@example
-@group
-if (n > 0)
- @{m+=n; n=0;@} @hereFn{c-indent-one-line-block}
-@sssTBasicOffset{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@example
-@group
-if (n > 0)
-@{ @hereFn{c-indent-one-line-block}
- m+=n; n=0;
-@}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The block may be surrounded by any kind of parenthesis characters.
-@code{nil} is returned if the line doesn't start with a one line block,
-which makes the function usable in list expressions.
+@menu
+* Brace/Paren Line-Up::
+* List Line-Up::
+* Operator Line-Up::
+* Comment Line-Up::
+* Misc Line-Up::
+@end menu
-@workswith Almost all syntactic symbols, but most useful on the
-@code{-open} symbols.
-@end defun
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Brace/Paren Line-Up, List Line-Up, Line-Up Functions, Line-Up Functions
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Brace and Parenthesis Line-Up Functions
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+The line-up functions here calculate the indentation for braces,
+parentheses and statements within brace blocks.
-@defun c-indent-multi-line-block
-@findex indent-multi-line-block (c-)
-Indent a multiline block @code{c-basic-offset} extra. E.g:
+@defun c-lineup-close-paren
+@findex lineup-close-paren (c-)
+Line up the closing paren under its corresponding open paren if the
+open paren is followed by code. If the open paren ends its line, no
+indentation is added. E.g:
@example
@group
-int *foo[] = @{
- NULL,
- @{17@}, @hereFn{c-indent-multi-line-block}
+main (int,
+ char **
+ ) @hereFn{c-lineup-close-paren}
@end group
@end example
@example
@group
-int *foo[] = @{
- NULL,
- @{ @hereFn{c-indent-multi-line-block}
- 17
- @},
- @sssTBasicOffset{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The block may be surrounded by any kind of parenthesis characters.
-@code{nil} is returned if the line doesn't start with a multiline
-block, which makes the function usable in list expressions.
-
-@workswith Almost all syntactic symbols, but most useful on the
-@code{-open} symbols.
-@end defun
-
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@defun c-lineup-argcont
-@findex lineup-argcont (c-)
-Line up a continued argument. E.g:
-
-@example
-@group
-foo (xyz, aaa + bbb + ccc
- + ddd + eee + fff); @hereFn{c-lineup-argcont}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Only continuation lines like this are touched, @code{nil} is returned on
-lines which are the start of an argument.
-
-Within a gcc @code{asm} block, @code{:} is recognised as an argument
-separator, but of course only between operand specifications, not in the
-expressions for the operands.
-
-@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
-@end defun
-
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@defun c-lineup-arglist
-@findex lineup-arglist (c-)
-Line up the current argument line under the first argument.
-
-As a special case, if an argument on the same line as the open
-parenthesis starts with a brace block opener, the indentation is
-@code{c-basic-offset} only. This is intended as a ``DWIM'' measure in
-cases like macros that contains statement blocks, e.g:
-
-@example
-@group
-A_VERY_LONG_MACRO_NAME (@{
- some (code, with + long, lines * in[it]);
- @});
-@sssTBasicOffset{}
+main (
+ int, char **
+) @hereFn{c-lineup-close-paren}
@end group
@end example
-This is motivated partly because it's more in line with how code
-blocks are handled, and partly since it approximates the behavior of
-earlier CC Mode versions, which due to inaccurate analysis tended to
-indent such cases this way.
-
-@workswith @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, @code{arglist-close}.
-@end defun
-
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@defun c-lineup-arglist-intro-after-paren
-@findex lineup-arglist-intro-after-paren (c-)
-Line up a line to just after the open paren of the surrounding paren or
-brace block.
+As a special case, if a brace block is opened at the same line as the
+open parenthesis of the argument list, the indentation is
+@code{c-basic-offset} instead of the open paren column. See
+@code{c-lineup-arglist} for further discussion of this ``DWIM'' measure.
-@workswith @code{defun-block-intro}, @code{brace-list-intro},
-@code{statement-block-intro}, @code{statement-case-intro},
-@code{arglist-intro}.
+@workswith All @code{*-close} symbols.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+@anchor{c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren}
@defun c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren
@findex lineup-arglist-close-under-paren (c-)
Set your @code{arglist-close} syntactic symbol to this line-up function
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-arglist-operators
-@findex lineup-arglist-operators (c-)
-Line up lines starting with an infix operator under the open paren.
-Return @code{nil} on lines that don't start with an operator, to leave
-those cases to other lineup functions. Example:
-
-@example
-@group
-if ( x < 10
- || at_limit (x, @hereFn{c-lineup-arglist-operators}
- list) @hereFn{c-lineup-arglist-operators@r{ returns nil}}
- )
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Since this function doesn't do anything for lines without an infix
-operator you typically want to use it together with some other lineup
-settings, e.g., as follows (the @code{arglist-close} setting is just a
-suggestion to get a consistent style):
-
-@example
-(c-set-offset 'arglist-cont
- '(c-lineup-arglist-operators 0))
-(c-set-offset 'arglist-cont-nonempty
- '(c-lineup-arglist-operators c-lineup-arglist))
-(c-set-offset 'arglist-close
- '(c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren))
-@end example
-
-@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
-@end defun
-
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@defun c-lineup-C-comments
-@findex lineup-C-comments (c-)
-Line up C block comment continuation lines. Various heuristics are used
-to handle most of the common comment styles. Some examples:
-
-@example
-@group
-/* /** /*
- * text * text text
- */ */ */
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@example
-@group
-/* text /* /**
- text ** text ** text
-*/ */ */
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@example
-@group
-/**************************************************
- * text
- *************************************************/
-@end group
-@end example
+@defun c-indent-one-line-block
+@findex indent-one-line-block (c-)
+Indent a one line block @code{c-basic-offset} extra. E.g:
-@vindex comment-start-skip
@example
@group
-/**************************************************
- Free form text comments:
- In comments with a long delimiter line at the
- start, the indentation is kept unchanged for lines
- that start with an empty comment line prefix. The
- delimiter line is whatever matches the
- @code{comment-start-skip} regexp.
-**************************************************/
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The style variable @code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} is used to recognize
-the comment line prefix, e.g., the @samp{*} that usually starts every
-line inside a comment.
-
-@workswith The @code{c} syntactic symbol.
-@end defun
-
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@defun c-lineup-cascaded-calls
-@findex lineup-cascaded-calls (c-)
-Line up ``cascaded calls'' under each other. If the line begins with
-@code{->} or @code{.} and the preceding line ends with one or more
-function calls preceded by the same token, then the arrow is lined up
-with the first of those tokens. E.g:
+if (n > 0)
+ @{m+=n; n=0;@} @hereFn{c-indent-one-line-block}
+@sssTBasicOffset{}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+and
@example
@group
-r = proc->add(17)->add(18)
- ->add(19) + @hereFn{c-lineup-cascaded-calls}
- offset; @hereFn{c-lineup-cascaded-calls@r{ (inactive)}}
+if (n > 0)
+@{ @hereFn{c-indent-one-line-block}
+ m+=n; n=0;
+@}
@end group
@end example
-In any other situation @code{nil} is returned to allow use in list
-expressions.
+The block may be surrounded by any kind of parenthesis characters.
+@code{nil} is returned if the line doesn't start with a one line block,
+which makes the function usable in list expressions.
-@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
-@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
+@workswith Almost all syntactic symbols, but most useful on the
+@code{-open} symbols.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-close-paren
-@findex lineup-close-paren (c-)
-Line up the closing paren under its corresponding open paren if the
-open paren is followed by code. If the open paren ends its line, no
-indentation is added. E.g:
+@defun c-indent-multi-line-block
+@findex indent-multi-line-block (c-)
+Indent a multiline block @code{c-basic-offset} extra. E.g:
@example
@group
-main (int,
- char **
- ) @hereFn{c-lineup-close-paren}
+int *foo[] = @{
+ NULL,
+ @{17@}, @hereFn{c-indent-multi-line-block}
@end group
@end example
@example
@group
-main (
- int, char **
-) @hereFn{c-lineup-close-paren}
+int *foo[] = @{
+ NULL,
+ @{ @hereFn{c-indent-multi-line-block}
+ 17
+ @},
+ @sssTBasicOffset{}
@end group
@end example
-As a special case, if a brace block is opened at the same line as the
-open parenthesis of the argument list, the indentation is
-@code{c-basic-offset} instead of the open paren column. See
-@code{c-lineup-arglist} for further discussion of this ``DWIM'' measure.
+The block may be surrounded by any kind of parenthesis characters.
+@code{nil} is returned if the line doesn't start with a multiline
+block, which makes the function usable in list expressions.
-@workswith All @code{*-close} symbols.
+@workswith Almost all syntactic symbols, but most useful on the
+@code{-open} symbols.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-comment
-@findex lineup-comment (c-)
-Line up a comment-only line according to the style variable
-@code{c-comment-only-line-offset}. If the comment is lined up with a
-comment starter on the previous line, that alignment is preserved.
-
-@defopt c-comment-only-line-offset
-@vindex comment-only-line-offset (c-)
-This style variable specifies the extra offset for the line. It can
-contain an integer or a cons cell of the form
+@defun c-lineup-runin-statements
+@findex lineup-runin-statements (c-)
+Line up statements for coding standards which place the first statement
+in a block on the same line as the block opening brace@footnote{Run-in
+style doesn't really work too well. You might need to write your own
+custom line-up functions to better support this style.}. E.g:
@example
-(@r{@var{non-anchored-offset}} . @r{@var{anchored-offset}})
+@group
+int main()
+@{ puts ("Hello!");
+ return 0; @hereFn{c-lineup-runin-statements}
+@}
+@end group
@end example
-@noindent
-where @var{non-anchored-offset} is the amount of offset given to
-non-column-zero anchored lines, and @var{anchored-offset} is the amount
-of offset to give column-zero anchored lines. Just an integer as value
-is equivalent to @code{(@r{@var{value}} . -1000)}.
-@end defopt
+If there is no statement after the opening brace to align with,
+@code{nil} is returned. This makes the function usable in list
+expressions.
-@workswith @code{comment-intro}.
+@workswith The @code{statement} syntactic symbol.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-cpp-define
-@findex lineup-cpp-define (c-)
-Line up macro continuation lines according to the indentation of the
-construct preceding the macro. E.g:
+@defun c-lineup-inexpr-block
+@findex lineup-inexpr-block (c-)
+This can be used with the in-expression block symbols to indent the
+whole block to the column where the construct is started. E.g. for Java
+anonymous classes, this lines up the class under the @samp{new} keyword,
+and in Pike it lines up the lambda function body under the @samp{lambda}
+keyword. Returns @code{nil} if the block isn't part of such a
+construct.
+
+@workswith @code{inlambda}, @code{inexpr-statement},
+@code{inexpr-class}.
+@end defun
+
+@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@defun c-lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks
+@findex lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks (c-)
+Compensate for Whitesmith style indentation of blocks. Due to the way
+@ccmode{} calculates anchor positions for normal lines inside blocks,
+this function is necessary for those lines to get correct Whitesmith
+style indentation. Consider the following examples:
@example
@group
-const char msg[] = @hereFn{@r{The beginning of the preceding construct.}}
- \"Some text.\";
-
-#define X(A, B) \
-do @{ \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
- printf (A, B); \
-@} while (0)
+int foo()
+ @{
+ a;
+ x; @hereFn{c-lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks}
@end group
@end example
-@noindent
-and:
-
@example
@group
-int dribble() @{
- if (!running) @hereFn{@r{The beginning of the preceding construct.}}
- error(\"Not running!\");
-
-#define X(A, B) \
- do @{ \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
- printf (A, B); \
- @} while (0)
+int foo()
+ @{
+ @{
+ a;
+ @}
+ x; @hereFn{c-lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks}
@end group
@end example
-If @code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is non-@code{nil}, the
-function returns the relative indentation to the macro start line to
-allow accumulation with other offsets. e.g., in the following cases,
-@code{cpp-define-intro} is combined with the
-@code{statement-block-intro} that comes from the @samp{do @{} that hangs
-on the @samp{#define} line:
+The fact that the line with @code{x} is preceded by a Whitesmith style
+indented block in the latter case and not the first should not affect
+its indentation. But since CC Mode in cases like this uses the
+indentation of the preceding statement as anchor position, the @code{x}
+would in the second case be indented too much if the offset for
+@code{statement} was set simply to zero.
+
+This lineup function corrects for this situation by detecting if the
+anchor position is at an open paren character. In that case, it instead
+indents relative to the surrounding block just like
+@code{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}.
+
+@workswith @code{brace-list-entry}, @code{brace-entry-open},
+@code{statement}, @code{arglist-cont}.
+@end defun
+
+@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@defun c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block
+@findex lineup-whitesmith-in-block (c-)
+Line up lines inside a block in Whitesmith style. It's done in a way
+that works both when the opening brace hangs and when it doesn't. E.g:
@example
@group
-const char msg[] =
- \"Some text.\";
-
-#define X(A, B) do @{ \
- printf (A, B); \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
- this->refs++; \
-@} while (0) @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
+something
+ @{
+ foo; @hereFn{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}
+ @}
@end group
@end example
@noindent
-and:
+and
@example
@group
-int dribble() @{
- if (!running)
- error(\"Not running!\");
-
-#define X(A, B) do @{ \
- printf (A, B); \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
- this->refs++; \
- @} while (0) @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
+something @{
+ foo; @hereFn{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}
+ @}
+@sssTBasicOffset{}
@end group
@end example
-The relative indentation returned by @code{c-lineup-cpp-define} is zero
-and two, respectively, on the two lines in each of these examples. They
-are then added to the two column indentation that
-@code{statement-block-intro} gives in both cases here.
+In the first case the indentation is kept unchanged, in the second
+@code{c-basic-offset} is added.
-If the relative indentation is zero, then @code{nil} is returned
-instead. That is useful in a list expression to specify the default
-indentation on the top level.
+@workswith @code{defun-close}, @code{defun-block-intro},
+@code{inline-close}, @code{block-close}, @code{brace-list-close},
+@code{brace-list-intro}, @code{statement-block-intro},
+@code{arglist-intro}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty},
+@code{arglist-close}, and all @code{in*} symbols, e.g. @code{inclass}
+and @code{inextern-lang}.
+@end defun
-If @code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is @code{nil} then this
-function keeps the current indentation, except for empty lines (ignoring
-the ending backslash) where it takes the indentation from the closest
-preceding nonempty line in the macro. If there's no such line in the
-macro then the indentation is taken from the construct preceding it, as
-described above.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node List Line-Up, Operator Line-Up, Brace/Paren Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection List Line-Up Functions
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@workswith @code{cpp-define-intro}.
+The line-up functions here calculate the indentation for lines which
+form lists of items, usually separated by commas.
+
+The function @ref{c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren}, which is mainly
+for indenting a close parenthesis, is also useful for the lines
+contained within parentheses.
+
+@defun c-lineup-arglist
+@findex lineup-arglist (c-)
+Line up the current argument line under the first argument.
+
+As a special case, if an argument on the same line as the open
+parenthesis starts with a brace block opener, the indentation is
+@code{c-basic-offset} only. This is intended as a ``DWIM'' measure in
+cases like macros that contain statement blocks, e.g:
+
+@example
+@group
+A_VERY_LONG_MACRO_NAME (@{
+ some (code, with + long, lines * in[it]);
+ @});
+@sssTBasicOffset{}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+This is motivated partly because it's more in line with how code
+blocks are handled, and partly since it approximates the behavior of
+earlier CC Mode versions, which due to inaccurate analysis tended to
+indent such cases this way.
+
+@workswith @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, @code{arglist-close}.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-dont-change
-@findex lineup-dont-change (c-)
-This lineup function makes the line stay at whatever indentation it
-already has; think of it as an identity function for lineups.
+@defun c-lineup-arglist-intro-after-paren
+@findex lineup-arglist-intro-after-paren (c-)
+Line up a line to just after the open paren of the surrounding paren or
+brace block.
-@workswith Any syntactic symbol.
+@workswith @code{defun-block-intro}, @code{brace-list-intro},
+@code{statement-block-intro}, @code{statement-case-intro},
+@code{arglist-intro}.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg
-@findex lineup-gcc-asm-reg (c-)
-Line up a gcc asm register under one on a previous line.
+@defun c-lineup-multi-inher
+@findex lineup-multi-inher (c-)
+Line up the classes in C++ multiple inheritance clauses and member
+initializers under each other. E.g:
@example
@group
- asm ("foo %1, %0\n"
- "bar %0, %1"
- : "=r" (w),
- "=r" (x)
- : "0" (y),
- "1" (z));
+Foo::Foo (int a, int b):
+ Cyphr (a),
+ Bar (b) @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
+@end group
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+and
+
+@example
+@group
+class Foo
+ : public Cyphr,
+ public Bar @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
@end group
@end example
-The @samp{x} line is aligned to the text after the @samp{:} on the
-@samp{w} line, and similarly @samp{z} under @samp{y}.
-
-This is done only in an @samp{asm} or @samp{__asm__} block, and only to
-those lines mentioned. Anywhere else @code{nil} is returned. The usual
-arrangement is to have this routine as an extra feature at the start of
-arglist lineups, e.g.
+@noindent
+and
@example
-(c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg c-lineup-arglist)
+@group
+Foo::Foo (int a, int b)
+ : Cyphr (a)
+ , Bar (b) @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
+@end group
@end example
-@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
-@end defun
-
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@defun c-lineup-inexpr-block
-@findex lineup-inexpr-block (c-)
-This can be used with the in-expression block symbols to indent the
-whole block to the column where the construct is started. e.g., for Java
-anonymous classes, this lines up the class under the @samp{new} keyword,
-and in Pike it lines up the lambda function body under the @samp{lambda}
-keyword. Returns @code{nil} if the block isn't part of such a
-construct.
-
-@workswith @code{inlambda}, @code{inexpr-statement},
-@code{inexpr-class}.
+@workswith @code{inher-cont}, @code{member-init-cont}.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-knr-region-comment
-@findex lineup-knr-region-comment (c-)
-Line up a comment in the ``K&R region'' with the declaration. That is
-the region between the function or class header and the beginning of the
-block. E.g:
+@defun c-lineup-template-args
+@findex lineup-template-args (c-)
+Line up the arguments of a template argument list under each other, but
+only in the case where the first argument is on the same line as the
+opening @samp{<}.
+
+To allow this function to be used in a list expression, @code{nil} is
+returned if there's no template argument on the first line.
+
+@workswith @code{template-args-cont}.
+@end defun
+
+@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-call
+@findex lineup-ObjC-method-call (c-)
+For Objective-C code, line up selector args as Emacs Lisp mode does
+with function args: go to the position right after the message receiver,
+and if you are at the end of the line, indent the current line
+c-basic-offset columns from the opening bracket; otherwise you are
+looking at the first character of the first method call argument, so
+lineup the current line with it.
+
+@workswith @code{objc-method-call-cont}.
+@end defun
+
+@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args
+@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args (c-)
+For Objective-C code, line up the colons that separate args. The colon
+on the current line is aligned with the one on the first line.
+
+@workswith @code{objc-method-args-cont}.
+@end defun
+
+@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args-2
+@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args-2 (c-)
+Similar to @code{c-lineup-ObjC-method-args} but lines up the colon on
+the current line with the colon on the previous line.
+
+@workswith @code{objc-method-args-cont}.
+@end defun
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Operator Line-Up, Comment Line-Up, List Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Operator Line-Up Functions
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+The line-up functions here calculate the indentation for lines which
+start with an operator, by lining it up with something on the previous
+line.
+
+@defun c-lineup-argcont
+@findex lineup-argcont (c-)
+Line up a continued argument. E.g:
@example
@group
-int main()
-/* Called at startup. */ @hereFn{c-lineup-knr-region-comment}
-@{
- return 0;
-@}
+foo (xyz, aaa + bbb + ccc
+ + ddd + eee + fff); @hereFn{c-lineup-argcont}
@end group
@end example
-Return @code{nil} if called in any other situation, to be useful in list
-expressions.
+Only continuation lines like this are touched, @code{nil} is returned on
+lines which are the start of an argument.
+
+Within a gcc @code{asm} block, @code{:} is recognised as an argument
+separator, but of course only between operand specifications, not in the
+expressions for the operands.
+
+@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
+@end defun
+
+@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@defun c-lineup-arglist-operators
+@findex lineup-arglist-operators (c-)
+Line up lines starting with an infix operator under the open paren.
+Return @code{nil} on lines that don't start with an operator, to leave
+those cases to other line-up functions. Example:
+
+@example
+@group
+if ( x < 10
+ || at_limit (x, @hereFn{c-lineup-arglist-operators}
+ list) @hereFn{c-lineup-arglist-operators@r{ returns nil}}
+ )
+@end group
+@end example
+
+Since this function doesn't do anything for lines without an infix
+operator you typically want to use it together with some other lineup
+settings, e.g. as follows (the @code{arglist-close} setting is just a
+suggestion to get a consistent style):
+
+@example
+(c-set-offset 'arglist-cont
+ '(c-lineup-arglist-operators 0))
+(c-set-offset 'arglist-cont-nonempty
+ '(c-lineup-arglist-operators c-lineup-arglist))
+(c-set-offset 'arglist-close
+ '(c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren))
+@end example
+
+@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
+@end defun
+
+@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@defun c-lineup-assignments
+@findex lineup-assignments (c-)
+Line up the current line after the assignment operator on the first line
+in the statement. If there isn't any, return nil to allow stacking with
+other line-up functions. If the current line contains an assignment
+operator too, try to align it with the first one.
+
+@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
+@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
-@workswith @code{comment-intro}.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
@defun c-lineup-math
@findex lineup-math (c-)
-Line up the current line to after the equal sign on the first line in the
-statement. If there isn't any, indent with @code{c-basic-offset}. If
-the current line contains an equal sign too, try to align it with the
-first one.
+Like @code{c-lineup-assignments} but indent with @code{c-basic-offset}
+if no assignment operator was found on the first line. I.e. this
+function is the same as specifying a list @code{(c-lineup-assignments
++)}. It's provided for compatibility with old configurations.
@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-multi-inher
-@findex lineup-multi-inher (c-)
-Line up the classes in C++ multiple inheritance clauses and member
-initializers under each other. E.g:
+@defun c-lineup-cascaded-calls
+@findex lineup-cascaded-calls (c-)
+Line up ``cascaded calls'' under each other. If the line begins with
+@code{->} or @code{.} and the preceding line ends with one or more
+function calls preceded by the same token, then the arrow is lined up
+with the first of those tokens. E.g:
@example
@group
-Foo::Foo (int a, int b):
- Cyphr (a),
- Bar (b) @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
+r = proc->add(17)->add(18)
+ ->add(19) + @hereFn{c-lineup-cascaded-calls}
+ offset; @hereFn{c-lineup-cascaded-calls@r{ (inactive)}}
@end group
@end example
-@noindent
-and
+In any other situation @code{nil} is returned to allow use in list
+expressions.
+
+@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
+@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
+@end defun
+
+@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@defun c-lineup-streamop
+@findex lineup-streamop (c-)
+Line up C++ stream operators (i.e. @samp{<<} and @samp{>>}).
+
+@workswith @code{stream-op}.
+@end defun
+
+@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@defun c-lineup-string-cont
+@findex lineup-string-cont (c-)
+Line up a continued string under the one it continues. A continued
+string in this sense is where a string literal follows directly after
+another one. E.g:
@example
@group
-class Foo
- : public Cyphr,
- public Bar @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
+result = prefix + "A message "
+ "string."; @hereFn{c-lineup-string-cont}
@end group
@end example
-@noindent
-and
+@code{nil} is returned in other situations, to allow stacking with other
+lineup functions.
+
+@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
+@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
+@end defun
+
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Comment Line-Up, Misc Line-Up, Operator Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Comment Line-Up Functions
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+The lineup functions here calculate the indentation for several types
+of comment structure.
+
+@defun c-lineup-C-comments
+@findex lineup-C-comments (c-)
+Line up C block comment continuation lines. Various heuristics are used
+to handle most of the common comment styles. Some examples:
@example
@group
-Foo::Foo (int a, int b)
- : Cyphr (a)
- , Bar (b) @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
+/* /** /*
+ * text * text text
+ */ */ */
@end group
@end example
-@workswith @code{inher-cont}, @code{member-init-cont}.
-@end defun
+@example
+@group
+/* text /* /**
+ text ** text ** text
+*/ */ */
+@end group
+@end example
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+@example
+@group
+/**************************************************
+ * text
+ *************************************************/
+@end group
+@end example
-@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-call
-@findex lineup-ObjC-method-call (c-)
-For Objective-C code, line up selector args as Emacs Lisp mode does
-with function args: go to the position right after the message receiver,
-and if you are at the end of the line, indent the current line
-c-basic-offset columns from the opening bracket; otherwise you are
-looking at the first character of the first method call argument, so
-lineup the current line with it.
+@vindex comment-start-skip
+@example
+@group
+/**************************************************
+ Free form text comments:
+ In comments with a long delimiter line at the
+ start, the indentation is kept unchanged for lines
+ that start with an empty comment line prefix. The
+ delimiter line is whatever matches the
+ @code{comment-start-skip} regexp.
+**************************************************/
+@end group
+@end example
+
+The style variable @code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} is used to recognize
+the comment line prefix, e.g. the @samp{*} that usually starts every
+line inside a comment.
-@workswith @code{objc-method-call-cont}.
+@workswith The @code{c} syntactic symbol.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args
-@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args (c-)
-For Objective-C code, line up the colons that separate args. The colon
-on the current line is aligned with the one on the first line.
+@defun c-lineup-comment
+@findex lineup-comment (c-)
+Line up a comment-only line according to the style variable
+@code{c-comment-only-line-offset}. If the comment is lined up with a
+comment starter on the previous line, that alignment is preserved.
-@workswith @code{objc-method-args-cont}.
-@end defun
+@defopt c-comment-only-line-offset
+@vindex comment-only-line-offset (c-)
+This style variable specifies the extra offset for the line. It can
+contain an integer or a cons cell of the form
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+@example
+(@r{@var{non-anchored-offset}} . @r{@var{anchored-offset}})
+@end example
-@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args-2
-@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args-2 (c-)
-Similar to @code{c-lineup-ObjC-method-args} but lines up the colon on
-the current line with the colon on the previous line.
+@noindent
+where @var{non-anchored-offset} is the amount of offset given to
+non-column-zero anchored lines, and @var{anchored-offset} is the amount
+of offset to give column-zero anchored lines. Just an integer as value
+is equivalent to @code{(@r{@var{value}} . -1000)}.
+@end defopt
-@workswith @code{objc-method-args-cont}.
+@workswith @code{comment-intro}.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-runin-statements
-@findex lineup-runin-statements (c-)
-Line up statements for coding standards which place the first statement
-in a block on the same line as the block opening brace@footnote{Run-in
-style doesn't really work too well. You might need to write your own
-custom indentation functions to better support this style.}. E.g:
+@defun c-lineup-knr-region-comment
+@findex lineup-knr-region-comment (c-)
+Line up a comment in the ``K&R region'' with the declaration. That is
+the region between the function or class header and the beginning of the
+block. E.g:
@example
@group
int main()
-@{ puts ("Hello!");
- return 0; @hereFn{c-lineup-runin-statements}
+/* Called at startup. */ @hereFn{c-lineup-knr-region-comment}
+@{
+ return 0;
@}
@end group
@end example
-If there is no statement after the opening brace to align with,
-@code{nil} is returned. This makes the function usable in list
+Return @code{nil} if called in any other situation, to be useful in list
expressions.
-@workswith The @code{statement} syntactic symbol.
+@workswith @code{comment-intro}.
@end defun
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Misc Line-Up, , Comment Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@subsection Miscellaneous Line-Up Functions
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@defun c-lineup-streamop
-@findex lineup-streamop (c-)
-Line up C++ stream operators (i.e., @samp{<<} and @samp{>>}).
+The line-up functions here are the odds and ends which didn't fit into
+any earlier category.
-@workswith @code{stream-op}.
+@defun c-lineup-dont-change
+@findex lineup-dont-change (c-)
+This lineup function makes the line stay at whatever indentation it
+already has; think of it as an identity function for lineups.
+
+@workswith Any syntactic symbol.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-string-cont
-@findex lineup-string-cont (c-)
-Line up a continued string under the one it continues. A continued
-string in this sense is where a string literal follows directly after
-another one. E.g:
+@defun c-lineup-cpp-define
+@findex lineup-cpp-define (c-)
+Line up macro continuation lines according to the indentation of the
+construct preceding the macro. E.g:
@example
@group
-result = prefix + "A message "
- "string."; @hereFn{c-lineup-string-cont}
+const char msg[] = @hereFn{@r{The beginning of the preceding construct.}}
+ \"Some text.\";
+
+#define X(A, B) \
+do @{ \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
+ printf (A, B); \
+@} while (0)
@end group
@end example
-@code{nil} is returned in other situations, to allow stacking with other
-lineup functions.
-
-@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
-@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
-@end defun
-
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@defun c-lineup-template-args
-@findex lineup-template-args (c-)
-Line up the arguments of a template argument list under each other, but
-only in the case where the first argument is on the same line as the
-opening @samp{<}.
-
-To allow this function to be used in a list expression, @code{nil} is
-returned if there's no template argument on the first line.
-
-@workswith @code{template-args-cont}.
-@end defun
-
-@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@defun c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont
-@findex lineup-topmost-intro-cont (c-)
-Line up declaration continuation lines zero or one indentation
-step@footnote{This function is mainly provided to mimic the behavior of
-CC Mode 5.28 and earlier where this case wasn't handled consistently so
-that those lines could be analyzed as either topmost-intro-cont or
-statement-cont. It's used for @code{topmost-intro-cont} by default, but
-you might consider using @code{+} instead.}. For lines preceding a
-definition, zero is used. For other lines, @code{c-basic-offset} is
-added to the indentation. E.g:
+@noindent
+and:
@example
@group
-int
-neg (int i) @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
-@{
- return -i;
-@}
+int dribble() @{
+ if (!running) @hereFn{@r{The beginning of the preceding construct.}}
+ error(\"Not running!\");
+
+#define X(A, B) \
+ do @{ \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
+ printf (A, B); \
+ @} while (0)
@end group
@end example
-@noindent
-and
+If @code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is non-@code{nil}, the
+function returns the relative indentation to the macro start line to
+allow accumulation with other offsets. E.g. in the following cases,
+@code{cpp-define-intro} is combined with the
+@code{statement-block-intro} that comes from the @samp{do @{} that hangs
+on the @samp{#define} line:
@example
@group
-struct
-larch @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
-@{
- double height;
-@}
- the_larch, @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
- another_larch; @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
-@sssTBasicOffset{}
+const char msg[] =
+ \"Some text.\";
+
+#define X(A, B) do @{ \
+ printf (A, B); \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
+ this->refs++; \
+@} while (0) @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
@end group
@end example
@noindent
-and
+and:
@example
@group
-struct larch
-the_larch, @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
- another_larch; @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
+int dribble() @{
+ if (!running)
+ error(\"Not running!\");
+
+#define X(A, B) do @{ \
+ printf (A, B); \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
+ this->refs++; \
+ @} while (0) @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
@end group
@end example
-@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}.
+The relative indentation returned by @code{c-lineup-cpp-define} is zero
+and two, respectively, on the two lines in each of these examples. They
+are then added to the two column indentation that
+@code{statement-block-intro} gives in both cases here.
+
+If the relative indentation is zero, then @code{nil} is returned
+instead. That is useful in a list expression to specify the default
+indentation on the top level.
+
+If @code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is @code{nil} then this
+function keeps the current indentation, except for empty lines (ignoring
+the ending backslash) where it takes the indentation from the closest
+preceding nonempty line in the macro. If there's no such line in the
+macro then the indentation is taken from the construct preceding it, as
+described above.
+
+@workswith @code{cpp-define-intro}.
@end defun
@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@defun c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block
-@findex lineup-whitesmith-in-block (c-)
-Line up lines inside a block in Whitesmith style. It's done in a way
-that works both when the opening brace hangs and when it doesn't. E.g:
+@defun c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg
+@findex lineup-gcc-asm-reg (c-)
+Line up a gcc asm register under one on a previous line.
@example
@group
-something
- @{
- foo; @hereFn{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}
- @}
+ asm ("foo %1, %0\n"
+ "bar %0, %1"
+ : "=r" (w),
+ "=r" (x)
+ : "0" (y),
+ "1" (z));
@end group
@end example
-@noindent
-and
+The @samp{x} line is aligned to the text after the @samp{:} on the
+@samp{w} line, and similarly @samp{z} under @samp{y}.
+
+This is done only in an @samp{asm} or @samp{__asm__} block, and only to
+those lines mentioned. Anywhere else @code{nil} is returned. The usual
+arrangement is to have this routine as an extra feature at the start of
+arglist lineups, e.g.
@example
-@group
-something @{
- foo; @hereFn{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}
- @}
-@sssTBasicOffset{}
-@end group
+(c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg c-lineup-arglist)
@end example
-In the first case the indentation is kept unchanged, in the second
-@code{c-basic-offset} is added.
-
-@workswith @code{defun-close}, @code{defun-block-intro},
-@code{block-close}, @code{brace-list-close}, @code{brace-list-intro},
-@code{statement-block-intro} and all @code{in*} symbols,
-e.g., @code{inclass} and @code{inextern-lang}.
+@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
@end defun
+@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node AWK Mode, Odds and Ends, Indentation Functions, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Status of AWK Mode
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-
-@dfn{AWK mode} existed until recently in the file @file{awk-mode.el}
-as a mode derived from c-mode. It had not been actively maintained to
-keep pace with the newer @ccmode{}, and its indentation mechanism no
-longer worked satisfactorally.
-
-The current AWK mode is based around the GNU implementation,
-@emph{GAWK version 3.1.0}, though it should work pretty well with any
-AWK. It has now been updated and integrated into @ccmode{} to a
-substantial extent, though as yet not all the features of @ccmode{}
-have been adapted to support it.
-
-If your (X)Emacs is set up to use the old file @file{awk-mode.elc}
-(which will usually be the case if you have obtained this @ccmode{}
-independently of (X)Emacs itself), or if you are not sure, insert the
-following form into your @file{.emacs} or @file{init.el} so that the new
-AWK mode will be used instead:
+@defun c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont
+@findex lineup-topmost-intro-cont (c-)
+Line up declaration continuation lines zero or one indentation
+step@footnote{This function is mainly provided to mimic the behavior of
+CC Mode 5.28 and earlier where this case wasn't handled consistently so
+that those lines could be analyzed as either topmost-intro-cont or
+statement-cont. It's used for @code{topmost-intro-cont} by default, but
+you might consider using @code{+} instead.}. For lines preceding a
+definition, zero is used. For other lines, @code{c-basic-offset} is
+added to the indentation. E.g:
@example
-(autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" nil t)
-@end example
-
-You can check which AWK mode you are running by displaying the mode
-documentation string with @kbd{C-h m} from an AWK buffer. The newer
-mode's doc string contains @code{To submit a problem report, enter
-`C-c C-b'} near the top of the doc string where the older mode has
-@code{This is much like C mode except ....}.
-
-Since this newer AWK mode makes essential use of a relatively new
-Emacs Lisp feature@footnote{Specifically, the @code{syntax-table} text
-property.}, you need either GNU Emacs 20.1 (or later) or XEmacs 21.4
-(or later) to use it. If your Emacs version is earlier than one of
-these, the older @file{awk-mode.el} will get loaded and run in place
-of the AWK mode described here, even when you have put the above
-@code{autoload} form into your @file{.emacs} or @file{init.el}.
-Upgrading your (X)Emacs is strongly recommended if this is the case.
-
-Here is an overview of which @ccmode{} features currently work with
-AWK mode and which don't:
-
-@table @asis
-@item Indentation Engine
-The @ccmode{} indentation engine fully supports AWK mode.
-@xref{Indentation Engine}.
-
-AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion:
-@samp{@{}s which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound
-statements are placed on the same line as the associated construct; the
-matching @samp{@}}s are normally placed under the start of the
-respective pattern, function definition, or structured statement.
-@c Add in a bit about the @samp{@}} being on the same line when the
-@c contents are short.
-
-The predefined indentation functions (@pxref{Indentation Functions})
-haven't yet been adapted for AWK mode, though some of them may work
-serendipitously. There shouldn't be any problems writing custom
-indentation functions for AWK mode.
-
-The command @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{c-indent-defun}) hasn't yet been
-adapted for AWK, though in practice it works properly nearly all the
-time. Should it fail, explicitly set the region around the function
-(using @kbd{C-u C-SPC}: @kbd{C-M-h} probably won't work either) then do
-@kbd{C-M-\} (@code{indent-region}).
-
-@item Font Locking
-There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the
-three distinct levels the other modes have. There are several
-idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of
-the AWK language itself. @xref{AWK Mode Font Locking}.
-
-@item Comment Commands
-@kbd{M-;} (@code{indent-for-comment}) works fine. None of the other
-@ccmode{} comment formatting commands have yet been adapted for AWK
-mode. @xref{Text Filling and Line Breaking}.
-
-@item Movement Commands
-Most of the movement commands work in AWK mode. The most important
-exceptions are @kbd{M-a} (@code{c-beginning-of-statement}) and
-@kbd{M-e} (@code{c-end-of-statement}) which haven't yet been adapted.
-
-The notion of @dfn{defun} has been augmented to include pattern-action
-pairs. See @ref{AWK Mode Defuns} for a description of commands which
-work on AWK ``defuns''.
-
-Since there is no preprocessor in AWK, the commands which move to
-preprocessor directives (e.g., @code{c-up-conditional}) are meaningless
-in AWK mode and are not bound in the AWK mode keymap.
-
-@item Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups
-Auto-newline insertion hasn't yet been adapted for AWK. Some of the
-clean-ups can actually convert good AWK code into syntactically
-invalid code.
-
-If auto-newline or its associated clean-ups are enabled generally for
-the modes in @ccmode{}, you are strongly recommended to disable them
-in the AWK Mode hook. @xref{Initialising AWK Mode}.
-
-The clean-up @code{space-before-funcall}, which is independent of
-auto-newline, should never be active in AWK mode (since inserting a
-space between a user function's name and its opening @samp{(} makes
-the call syntactically invalid). If necessary, this should be
-disabled in the AWK Mode hook. @xref{Initialising AWK Mode}.
-
-@end table
-
-@menu
-* Initialising AWK Mode::
-* AWK Mode Font Locking::
-* AWK Mode Defuns::
-@end menu
+@group
+int
+neg (int i) @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
+@{
+ return -i;
+@}
+@end group
+@end example
+@noindent
+and
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Initialising AWK Mode, AWK Mode Font Locking, , AWK Mode
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section AWK mode - What to put in your @file{.emacs} or @file{init.el}
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@example
+@group
+struct
+larch @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
+@{
+ double height;
+@}
+ the_larch, @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
+ another_larch; @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
+@sssTBasicOffset{}
+@end group
+@end example
-Much of the AWK mode initialization can, of course, be done by the
-@ccmode{} general initialization procedure. You may want to use certain
-@ccmode{} features such as @code{auto-newline} and @code{clean-ups} in
-the other modes, and you might thus have enabled them in a
-@code{c-mode-common-hook} function, as described in @ref{Sample .emacs File}.
-These features have not yet been amended for AWK mode, and far from
-being useful, can be irritating in AWK mode or actually make AWK code
-syntactically invalid. Adding the following code to your
-@file{.emacs} or @file{init.el} file will disable them for AWK mode.
+@noindent
+and
@example
-(defun my-awk-mode-hook ()
- "Disable certain @ccmode{} features which could impair AWK mode."
- (c-toggle-auto-state -1) ; disable automatic insertions of newlines
- (if (memq 'space-before-funcall c-cleanup-list)
- (setq c-cleanup-list ; don't automatically insert a space into "foo("
- (remove 'space-before-funcall c-cleanup-list))))
-(add-hook 'awk-mode-hook 'my-awk-mode-hook)
+@group
+struct larch
+the_larch, @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
+ another_larch; @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
+@end group
@end example
-Naturally you can add your own AWK-specific customizations to this
-function. @xref{Hooks}.
+@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}.
+@end defun
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Custom Line-Up, Other Indentation, Line-Up Functions, Customizing Indentation
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Custom Line-Up Functions
+@cindex customization, indentation functions
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node AWK Mode Font Locking, AWK Mode Defuns, Initialising AWK Mode, AWK Mode
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section AWK Mode Font Locking
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+The most flexible way to customize indentation is by writing custom
+line-up functions, and associating them with specific syntactic
+symbols (@pxref{c-offsets-alist}). Depending on the effect you want,
+it might be better to write a @code{c-special-indent-hook} function
+rather than a line-up function (@pxref{Other Indentation}).
+
+@ccmode{} comes with an extensive set of predefined line-up functions,
+not all of which are used by the default styles. So there's a good
+chance the function you want already exists. @xref{Line-Up
+Functions}, for a list of them. If you write your own line-up
+function, it's probably a good idea to start working from one of these
+predefined functions, which can be found in the file
+@file{cc-align.el}. If you have written a line-up function that you
+think is generally useful, you're very welcome to contribute it;
+please contact @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.
+
+ Line-up functions are passed a single argument, the syntactic
+element (see below). The return value is a @code{c-offsets-alist}
+offset specification: for example, an integer, a symbol such as
+@code{+}, a vector, @code{nil}@footnote{Returning @code{nil} is useful
+when the offset specification for a syntactic element is a list
+containing the line-up function (@pxref{c-offsets-alist}).}, or even
+another line-up function. Full details of these are in
+@ref{c-offsets-alist}.
+
+Line-up functions must not move point or change the content of the
+buffer (except temporarily). They are however allowed to do
+@dfn{hidden buffer changes}, i.e. setting text properties for caching
+purposes etc. Buffer undo recording is disabled while they run.
+
+The syntactic element passed as the parameter to a line-up function is
+a cons cell of the form
-The general appearance of font-locking in AWK mode is much like in any
-other programming mode. @xref{Faces For Font Lock,,,elisp}.
+@example
+(@r{@var{syntactic-symbol}} . @r{@var{anchor-position}})
+@end example
-The following faces are, however, used in a non-standard fashion in
-AWK mode:
+@noindent
+@c FIXME!!! The following sentence might be better omitted, since the
+@c information is in the cross reference "Syntactic Analysis". 2005/10/2.
+where @var{syntactic-symbol} is the symbol that the function was
+called for, and @var{anchor-position} is the anchor position (if any)
+for the construct that triggered the syntactic symbol
+(@pxref{Syntactic Analysis}). This cons cell is how the syntactic
+element of a line used to be represented in @ccmode{} 5.28 and
+earlier. Line-up functions are still passed this cons cell, so as to
+preserve compatibility with older configurations. In the future, we
+may decide to convert to using the full list format---you can prepare
+your setup for this by using the access functions
+(@code{c-langelem-sym}, etc.) described below.
+
+@vindex c-syntactic-element
+@vindex syntactic-element (c-)
+@vindex c-syntactic-context
+@vindex syntactic-context (c-)
+Some syntactic symbols, e.g. @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, have more
+info in the syntactic element - typically other positions that can be
+interesting besides the anchor position. That info can't be accessed
+through the passed argument, which is a cons cell. Instead, you can
+get this information from the variable @code{c-syntactic-element},
+which is dynamically bound to the complete syntactic element. The
+variable @code{c-syntactic-context} might also be useful - it gets
+dynamically bound to the complete syntactic context. @xref{Custom
+Braces}.
+
+@ccmode{} provides a few functions to access parts of syntactic
+elements in a more abstract way. Besides making the code easier to
+read, they also hide the difference between the old cons cell form
+used in the line-up function argument and the new list form used in
+@code{c-syntactic-element} and everywhere else. The functions are:
+
+@defun c-langelem-sym langelem
+@findex langelem-sym (c-)
+Return the syntactic symbol in @var{langelem}.
+@end defun
-@table @asis
-@item @code{font-lock-variable-name-face}
-This face was intended for variable declarations. Since variables are
-not declared in AWK, this face is used instead for AWK system
-variables (such as @code{NF}) and ``Special File Names'' (such as
-@code{"/dev/stderr"}).
+@defun c-langelem-pos langelem
+@findex langelem-pos (c-)
+Return the anchor position in @var{langelem}, or nil if there is none.
+@end defun
-@item @code{font-lock-builtin-face} (Emacs)/@code{font-lock-preprocessor-face} (XEmacs)
-This face is normally used for preprocessor directives in @ccmode{}.
-There are no such things in AWK, so this face is used instead for
-standard functions (such as @code{match}).
+@defun c-langelem-col langelem &optional preserve-point
+@findex langelem-col (c-)
+Return the column of the anchor position in @var{langelem}. Also move
+the point to that position unless @var{preserve-point} is
+non-@code{nil}.
+@end defun
-@item @code{font-lock-string-face}
-As well as being used for strings, including localizable strings,
-(delimited by @samp{"} and @samp{_"}), this face is also used for AWK
-regular expressions (delimited by @samp{/}).
+@defun c-langelem-2nd-pos langelem
+@findex langelem-2nd-pos (c-)
+Return the secondary position in @var{langelem}, or @code{nil} if there
+is none.
-@item @code{font-lock-warning-face} (Emacs)/@code{c-invalid-face} (XEmacs)
-This face highlights the following syntactically invalid AWK
-constructs:
+Note that the return value of this function is always @code{nil} if
+@var{langelem} is in the old cons cell form. Thus this function is
+only meaningful when used on syntactic elements taken from
+@code{c-syntactic-element} or @code{c-syntactic-context}.
+@end defun
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-An unterminated string or regular expression. Here the opening
-delimiter (@samp{"} or @samp{/} or @samp{_"}) is displayed in
-@code{font-lock-warning-face}. This is most noticeable when typing in a
-new string/regular expression into a buffer, when the warning-face
-serves as a continual reminder to terminate the construct.
+Custom line-up functions can be as simple or as complex as you like, and
+any syntactic symbol that appears in @code{c-offsets-alist} can have a
+custom line-up function associated with it.
-AWK mode fontifies unterminated strings/regular expressions
-differently from other modes: Only the text up to the end of the line
-is fontified as a string (escaped newlines being handled correctly),
-rather than the text up to the next string quote.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Other Indentation, , Custom Line-Up, Customizing Indentation
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@section Other Special Indentations
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@item
-A space between the function name and opening parenthesis when calling
-a user function. The last character of the function name and the
-opening parenthesis are highlighted. This font-locking rule will
-spuriously highlight a valid concatenation expression where an
-identifier precedes a parenthesised expression. Unfortunately.
+Here are the remaining odds and ends regarding indentation:
-@item
-Whitespace following the @samp{\} in what otherwise looks like an
-escaped newline. The @samp{\} is highlighted.
-@end itemize
-@end table
+@defopt c-label-minimum-indentation
+@vindex label-minimum-indentation (c-)
+In @samp{gnu} style (@pxref{Built-in Styles}), a minimum indentation is
+imposed on lines inside code blocks. This minimum indentation is
+controlled by this style variable. The default value is 1.
+
+@findex c-gnu-impose-minimum
+@findex gnu-impose-minimum (c-)
+It's the function @code{c-gnu-impose-minimum} that enforces this minimum
+indentation. It must be present on @code{c-special-indent-hook} to
+work.
+@end defopt
+@defopt c-special-indent-hook
+@vindex special-indent-hook (c-)
+This style variable is a standard hook variable that is called after
+every line is indented by @ccmode{}. It is called only if
+@code{c-syntactic-indentation} is non-@code{nil} (which it is by
+default (@pxref{Indentation Engine Basics})). You can put a function
+on this hook to do any special indentation or ad hoc line adjustments
+your style dictates, such as adding extra indentation to constructors
+or destructor declarations in a class definition, etc. Sometimes it
+is better to write a custom Line-up Function instead (@pxref{Custom
+Line-Up}).
+
+When the indentation engine calls this hook, the variable
+@code{c-syntactic-context} is bound to the current syntactic context
+(i.e. what you would get by typing @kbd{C-c C-s} on the source line.
+@xref{Custom Braces}.). Note that you should not change point or mark
+inside a @code{c-special-indent-hook} function, i.e. you'll probably
+want to wrap your function in a @code{save-excursion}@footnote{The
+numerical value returned by @code{point} will change if you change the
+indentation of the line within a @code{save-excursion} form, but point
+itself will still be over the same piece of text.}.
+
+Setting @code{c-special-indent-hook} in style definitions is handled
+slightly differently from other variables---A style can only add
+functions to this hook, not remove them. @xref{Style Variables}.
+@end defopt
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node AWK Mode Defuns, , AWK Mode Font Locking, AWK Mode
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section AWK Mode Defuns
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-In AWK mode, @dfn{defun} means either a user-defined function or a
-pattern-action pair. Either the pattern or the action may be
-implicit.
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Custom Macros, Odds and Ends, Customizing Indentation, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Customizing Macros
+@cindex macros
+@cindex preprocessor directives
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-The beginning of a defun is recognised heuristically as, more or less,
-code which begins in column zero. Having the @samp{@{} in column zero,
-as is suggested for some modes, is neither necessary nor helpful in AWK
-mode.
+Normally, the lines in a multi-line macro are indented relative to
+eachother as though they were code. You can suppress this behaviour
+by setting the following user option:
-More precisely, the beginning of a defun is code which begins in
-column zero, and which isn't a closing brace, a comment, or a
-continuation of the previous line. Code is the @dfn{continuation of
-the previous line} when that line is syntactically incomplete, for
-example when it ends with @samp{@{} or an escaped newline.
+@defopt c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros
+@vindex syntactic-indentation-in-macros (c-)
+Enable syntactic analysis inside macros, which is the default. If this
+is @code{nil}, all lines inside macro definitions are analyzed as
+@code{cpp-macro-cont}.
+@end defopt
-The end of a defun is the @samp{@}} which matches the @samp{@{} (if
-any) at the beginning of the action or function body, or the EOL or
-@samp{;} which marks an implicit action. Although this @samp{@}} is
-usually placed in column zero, AWK mode doesn't need it to be placed
-there.
+@ccmode{} provides some tools to help keep the line continuation
+backslashes in macros neat and tidy. Their precise action is
+customized with these variables:
-@table @asis
-@item @kbd{C-M-a} @code{c-awk-beginning-of-defun}
-@itemx @kbd{C-M-e} @code{c-awk-end-of-defun}
-@findex c-awk-beginning-of-defun
-@findex awk-beginning-of-defun (c-)
-@findex c-awk-end-of-defun
-@findex awk-end-of-defun (c-)
-Move point back to the beginning or forward to the end of the current
-AWK defun. These functions can take prefix-arguments, their
-functionality being entirely equivalent to @code{beginning-of-defun}
-and @code{end-of-defun}. @xref{Moving by Defuns,,,emacs}.
+@defopt c-backslash-column
+@vindex backslash-column (c-)
+@defoptx c-backslash-max-column
+@vindex backslash-max-column (c-)
+These variables control the alignment columns for line continuation
+backslashes in multiline macros. They are used by the functions that
+automatically insert or align such backslashes,
+e.g. @code{c-backslash-region} and @code{c-context-line-break}.
-@item @kbd{C-M-h} @code{c-mark-function}
-This works fine with AWK defuns. @xref{Indentation Commands}.
-@end table
+@code{c-backslash-column} specifies the minimum column for the
+backslashes. If any line in the macro goes past this column, then the
+next tab stop (i.e. next multiple of @code{tab-width}) in that line is
+used as the alignment column for all the backslashes, so that they
+remain in a single column. However, if any lines go past
+@code{c-backslash-max-column} then the backslashes in the rest of the
+macro will be kept at that column, so that the lines which are too
+long ``stick out'' instead.
+
+Don't ever set these variables to @code{nil}. If you want to disable
+the automatic alignment of backslashes, use
+@code{c-auto-align-backslashes}.
+@end defopt
+@defopt c-auto-align-backslashes
+@vindex auto-align-backslashes (c-)
+Align automatically inserted line continuation backslashes if
+non-@code{nil}. When line continuation backslashes are inserted
+automatically for line breaks in multiline macros, e.g. by
+@code{c-context-line-break}, they are aligned with the other
+backslashes in the same macro if this flag is set.
+
+If @code{c-auto-align-backslashes} is @code{nil}, automatically
+inserted backslashes are preceded by a single space, and backslashes
+get aligned only when you explicitly invoke the command
+@code{c-backslash-region} (@kbd{C-c C-\}).
+@end defopt
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Odds and Ends, Performance Issues, AWK Mode, Top
+@node Odds and Ends, Sample .emacs File, Custom Macros, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Odds and Ends
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@defopt c-require-final-newline
@vindex require-final-newline (c-)
-Controls whether a final newline is ensured when the file is saved. The
-value is an association list that for each language mode specifies the
-value to give to @code{require-final-newline} at mode initialization;
-see that variable for details about the value. If a language isn't
-present on the association list, CC Mode won't touch
+Controls whether a final newline is enforced when the file is saved.
+The value is an association list that for each language mode specifies
+the value to give to @code{require-final-newline} (@pxref{Saving
+Buffers,,, @lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}) at mode initialization. If a
+language isn't present on the association list, CC Mode won't touch
@code{require-final-newline} in buffers for that language.
The default is to set @code{require-final-newline} to @code{t} in the
-languages that mandates that source files should end with newlines,
-i.e., C, C++ and Objective-C.
+languages that mandate that source files should end with newlines.
+These are C, C++ and Objective-C.
@end defopt
@defopt c-echo-syntactic-information-p
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Performance Issues, Limitations and Known Bugs, Odds and Ends, Top
+@node Sample .emacs File, Performance Issues, Odds and Ends, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@appendix Sample .emacs File
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+@verbatim
+;; Here's a sample .emacs file fragment that might help you along the
+;; way. Just copy this region and paste it into your .emacs file.
+;; You might want to change some of the actual values.
+
+;; Make some non-standard key bindings. We can put these in
+;; c-mode-base-map because c-mode-map, c++-mode-map, and so on,
+;; inherit from it.
+(defun my-c-initialization-hook ()
+ (define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break)
+ (define-key c-mode-base-map [?\C-\M-a] 'c-beginning-of-defun)
+ (define-key c-mode-base-map [?\C-\M-e] 'c-end-of-defun)
+(add-hook 'c-initialization-hook 'my-c-initialization-hook)
+
+;; offset customizations not in my-c-style
+;; This will take precedence over any setting of the syntactic symbol
+;; made by a style.
+(setq c-offsets-alist '((member-init-intro . ++)))
+
+;; Create my personal style.
+(defconst my-c-style
+ '((c-tab-always-indent . t)
+ (c-comment-only-line-offset . 4)
+ (c-hanging-braces-alist . ((substatement-open after)
+ (brace-list-open)))
+ (c-hanging-colons-alist . ((member-init-intro before)
+ (inher-intro)
+ (case-label after)
+ (label after)
+ (access-label after)))
+ (c-cleanup-list . (scope-operator
+ empty-defun-braces
+ defun-close-semi))
+ (c-offsets-alist . ((arglist-close . c-lineup-arglist)
+ (substatement-open . 0)
+ (case-label . 4)
+ (block-open . 0)
+ (knr-argdecl-intro . -)))
+ (c-echo-syntactic-information-p . t))
+ "My C Programming Style")
+(c-add-style "PERSONAL" my-c-style)
+
+;; Customizations for all modes in CC Mode.
+(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
+ ;; set my personal style for the current buffer
+ (c-set-style "PERSONAL")
+ ;; other customizations
+ (setq tab-width 8
+ ;; this will make sure spaces are used instead of tabs
+ indent-tabs-mode nil)
+ ;; we like auto-newline, but not hungry-delete
+ (c-toggle-auto-newline 1))
+(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
+@end verbatim
+
+@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+@node Performance Issues, Limitations and Known Bugs, Sample .emacs File, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Performance Issues
@cindex performance
section gives some insight in how @ccmode{} operates, how that interacts
with some coding styles, and what you can use to improve performance.
-The overall goal is that @ccmode{} shouldn't be overly slow (i.e., take
+The overall goal is that @ccmode{} shouldn't be overly slow (i.e. take
more than a fraction of a second) in any interactive operation.
-i.e., it's tuned to limit the maximum response time in single operations,
-which sometimes is at the expense of batch-like operations like
+I.e. it's tuned to limit the maximum response time in single operations,
+which is sometimes at the expense of batch-like operations like
reindenting whole blocks. If you find that @ccmode{} gradually gets
slower and slower in certain situations, perhaps as the file grows in
size or as the macro or comment you're editing gets bigger, then chances
insertion point, and because C's syntax is fairly difficult to parse in
the backwards direction, @ccmode{} often tries to find the nearest
position higher up in the buffer from which to begin a forward scan
-(it's typically an opening or closing parethesis of some kind). The
+(it's typically an opening or closing parenthesis of some kind). The
farther this position is from the current insertion point, the slower it
gets.
@findex beginning-of-defun
-@findex defun-prompt-regexp
-One of the simplest things you can do to reduce scan time, is make sure
-any brace that opens a top-level construct@footnote{e.g., a function in
-C, or outermost class definition in C++ or Java.} always appears in the
-leftmost column. This is actually an Emacs constraint, as embodied in
-the @code{beginning-of-defun} function which @ccmode{} uses heavily. If
-you hang top-level open braces on the right side of the line, then you
-might want to set the variable @code{defun-prompt-regexp} to something
-reasonable, however that ``something reasonable'' is difficult to
-define, so @ccmode{} doesn't do it for you.
+In earlier versions of @ccmode{}, we used to recommend putting the
+opening brace of a top-level construct@footnote{E.g. a function in C,
+or outermost class definition in C++ or Java.} into the leftmost
+column. Earlier still, this used to be a rigid Emacs constraint, as
+embodied in the @code{beginning-of-defun} function. @ccmode now
+caches syntactic information much better, so that the delay caused by
+searching for such a brace when it's not in column 0 is minimal,
+except perhaps when you've just moved a long way inside the file.
+Don't forget to rebind @kbd{C-M-a} and @kbd{C-M-e} to the @ccmode{}
+functions @code{beginning-of-defun} and @code{end-of-defun} if you're
+going to be hanging your braces! @xref{Sample .emacs File}.
+@findex defun-prompt-regexp
@vindex c-Java-defun-prompt-regexp
@vindex Java-defun-prompt-regexp (c-)
A special note about @code{defun-prompt-regexp} in Java mode: The common
style is to hang the opening braces of functions and classes on the
right side of the line, and that doesn't work well with the Emacs
-approach. @ccmode{} comes with a variable
+approach. @ccmode{} comes with a constant
@code{c-Java-defun-prompt-regexp} which tries to define a regular
expression usable for this style, but there are problems with it. In
some cases it can cause @code{beginning-of-defun} to hang@footnote{This
tells @ccmode{} to use XEmacs-specific built-in functions which, in some
circumstances, can locate the top-most opening brace much more quickly than
@code{beginning-of-defun}. Preliminary testing has shown that for
-styles where these braces are hung (e.g., most JDK-derived Java styles),
+styles where these braces are hung (e.g. most JDK-derived Java styles),
this hack can improve performance of the core syntax parsing routines
from 3 to 60 times. However, for styles which @emph{do} conform to
Emacs' recommended style of putting top-level braces in column zero,
21.3 as of this writing in May 2003).
Text properties are used to speed up skipping over syntactic whitespace,
-i.e., comments and preprocessor directives. Indenting a line after a
+i.e. comments and preprocessor directives. Indenting a line after a
huge macro definition can be slow the first time, but after that the
text properties are in place and it should be fast (even after you've
edited other parts of the file and then moved back).
Font locking can be a CPU hog, especially the font locking done on
decoration level 3 which tries to be very accurate. Note that that
level is designed to be used with a font lock support mode that only
-fontifies the text that's actually shown, i.e., Lazy Lock or Just-in-time
+fontifies the text that's actually shown, i.e. Lazy Lock or Just-in-time
Lock mode, so make sure you use one of them. Fontification of a whole
buffer with some thousand lines can often take over a minute. That is
a known weakness; the idea is that it never should happen.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Limitations and Known Bugs, Frequently Asked Questions, Performance Issues, Top
+@node Limitations and Known Bugs, FAQ, Performance Issues, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Limitations and Known Bugs
@cindex limitations
@itemize @bullet
@item
-There is no way to apply auto newline settings (@pxref{Auto-newline
-Insertion}) on already typed lines. That's only a feature to ease
-interactive editing.
+There is no way to apply auto newline settings (@pxref{Auto-newlines})
+on already typed lines. That's only a feature to ease interactive
+editing.
To generalize this issue a bit: @ccmode{} is not intended to be used as
a reformatter for old code in some more or less batch-like way. With
intention to change this goal.
If you want to reformat old code, you're probably better off using some
-other tool instead, e.g., @ref{Top, , GNU indent, indent, The `indent'
+other tool instead, e.g. @ref{Top, , GNU indent, indent, The `indent'
Manual}, which has more powerful reformatting capabilities than
@ccmode{}.
@item
-@vindex signal-error-on-buffer-boundary
-XEmacs has a variable called @code{signal-error-on-buffer-boundary}.
-It's used as a solution to user interface problems associated with
-buffer movement and the @code{zmacs-region} deactivation on errors.
-However, setting this variable to a non-default value in XEmacs 19 and
-20 had the deleterious side effect of breaking many built-in primitive
-functions. @strong{Do not set this variable to @code{nil} in XEmacs
-19 and 20}; you will cause serious problems in @ccmode{} and probably
-other XEmacs packages! In XEmacs 21 the effects of the variable is
-limited to some functions that are only used interactively, so it's
-not a problem there.
+The support for C++ templates (in angle brackets) is not yet complete.
+When a non-nested template is used in a declaration, @ccmode{} indents
+it and font-locks it OK. Templates used in expressions, and nested
+templates do not fare so well. Sometimes a workaround is to refontify
+the expression after typing the closing @samp{>}.
@end itemize
-
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Frequently Asked Questions, Getting the Latest CC Mode Release, Limitations and Known Bugs, Top
+@node FAQ, Updating CC Mode, Limitations and Known Bugs, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@appendix Frequently Asked Questions
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@itemize @bullet
@item
-@kindex C-x h
-@kindex C-M-\
-@emph{How do I reindent the whole file?}
-
-Visit the file and hit @kbd{C-x h} to mark the whole buffer. Then hit
-@kbd{C-M-\}.
-
-@item
-@kindex C-M-q
-@kindex C-M-u
-@emph{How do I reindent the current block?}
+@emph{How can I change the indent level from 4 spaces to 2 spaces?}
-First move to the brace which opens the block with @kbd{C-M-u}, then
-reindent that expression with @kbd{C-M-q}.
+Set the variable @code{c-basic-offset}. @xref{Getting Started}.
@item
@kindex RET
Emacs' convention is that @kbd{RET} just adds a newline, and that
@kbd{C-j} adds a newline and indents it. You can make @kbd{RET} do this
-too by adding this to your @code{c-mode-common-hook}:
+too by adding this to your @code{c-initialization-hook}:
@example
(define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break)
@end example
-This is a very common question. If you want this to be the default
-behavior, don't lobby me, lobby RMS! @t{:-)}
+@xref{Getting Started}. This is a very common question. If you want
+this to be the default behavior, don't lobby us, lobby RMS! @t{:-)}
+
+@item
+@emph{How do I stop my code jumping all over the place when I type?}
+
+Deactivate ``electric minor mode'' with @kbd{C-c C-l}. @xref{Getting
+Started}.
+
+@item
+@kindex C-x h
+@kindex C-M-\
+@emph{How do I reindent the whole file?}
+
+Visit the file and hit @kbd{C-x h} to mark the whole buffer. Then hit
+@kbd{C-M-\}. @xref{Indentation Commands}.
+
+@item
+@kindex C-M-q
+@kindex C-M-u
+@emph{How do I reindent the current block?}
+
+First move to the brace which opens the block with @kbd{C-M-u}, then
+reindent that expression with @kbd{C-M-q}. @xref{Indentation
+Commands}.
@item
@emph{I put @code{(c-set-offset 'substatement-open 0)} in my
@file{.emacs} file but I get an error saying that @code{c-set-offset}'s
function definition is void. What's wrong?}
-This means that @ccmode{} wasn't loaded into your Emacs session by the
-time the @code{c-set-offset} call was reached, most likely because
-@ccmode{} is being autoloaded. Instead of putting the
-@code{c-set-offset} line in your top-level @file{.emacs} file, put it in
-your @code{c-mode-common-hook}, or simply modify @code{c-offsets-alist}
-directly:
+This means that @ccmode{} hasn't yet been loaded into your Emacs
+session by the time the @code{c-set-offset} call is reached, most
+likely because @ccmode{} is being autoloaded. Instead of putting the
+@code{c-set-offset} line in your top-level @file{.emacs} file, put it
+in your @code{c-initialization-hook} (@pxref{CC Hooks}), or simply
+modify @code{c-offsets-alist} directly:
@example
(setq c-offsets-alist '((substatement-open . 0)))
@end example
-@item
-@kindex M-a
-@kindex M-e
-@emph{@kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} used to move over entire balanced brace
-lists, but now they move into blocks. How do I get the old behavior
-back?}
-
-Use @kbd{C-M-f} and @kbd{C-M-b} to move over balanced brace blocks. Use
-@kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} to move by statements, which will also move into
-blocks.
-
-@item
-@emph{Whenever I try to indent a line or type an ``electric'' key such
-as @kbd{;}, @kbd{@{}, or @kbd{@}}, I get an error that look like this:
-@code{Invalid function: (macro . #[...}. What gives?}
-
-This is a common error when @ccmode{} hasn't been compiled correctly,
-especially under Emacs 19.34@footnote{Technically, it's because some
-macro wasn't defined during the compilation, so the byte compiler put
-in function calls instead of the macro expansions. Later, when the
-interpreter tries to call the macro as a function, it shows this
-(somewhat cryptic) error message.}. If you are using the standalone
-@ccmode{} distribution, try recompiling it according to the instructions
-in the @file{README} file.
-
@item
@cindex open paren in column zero
@emph{I have an open paren character at column zero inside a comment or
It's due to the ad-hoc rule in (X)Emacs that such open parens always
start defuns (which translates to functions, classes, namespaces or any
other top-level block constructs in the @ccmode{} languages).
-@xref{Left Margin Paren,,, emacs, The Emacs Editor}, for details
-(@xref{Defuns,,, emacs, The Emacs Editor}, in the Emacs 20 manual).
+@ifset XEMACS
+@xref{Defuns,,, xemacs, XEmacs User's Manual}, for details.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear XEMACS
+@xref{Left Margin Paren,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, for details
+(@xref{Defuns,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, in the Emacs 20 manual).
+@end ifclear
This heuristic is built into the core syntax analysis routines in
-(X)Emacs, so it's not really a @ccmode{} issue. However, in Emacs 22.1
-it has become possible to turn it off@footnote{Using the variable
+(X)Emacs, so it's not really a @ccmode{} issue. However, in Emacs
+21.1 it became possible to turn it off@footnote{Using the variable
@code{open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start}.} and @ccmode{} does so
-there since it got its own system to keep track of blocks.
+there since it's got its own system to keep track of blocks.
@end itemize
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Getting the Latest CC Mode Release, Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports, Frequently Asked Questions, Top
+@node Updating CC Mode, Mailing Lists and Bug Reports, FAQ, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@appendix Getting the Latest CC Mode Release
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports, Sample .emacs File, Getting the Latest CC Mode Release, Top
+@node Mailing Lists and Bug Reports, Command and Function Index, Updating CC Mode, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@appendix Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
you think it might affect our ability to reproduce it.
Please try to produce the problem in an Emacs instance without any
-customizations loaded (i.e., start it with the @samp{-q --no-site-file}
-arguments). If it works correctly there, the problem might be caused by
-faulty customizations in either your own or your site configuration. In
-that case, we'd appreciate if you isolate the Emacs Lisp code that trigs
-the bug and include it in your report.
+customizations loaded (i.e. start it with the @samp{-q -no-site-file}
+arguments). If it works correctly there, the problem might be caused
+by faulty customizations in either your own or your site
+configuration. In that case, we'd appreciate if you isolate the Emacs
+Lisp code that triggers the bug and include it in your report.
@cindex bug report mailing list
-Bug reports are sent to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}. You can also send
-other questions and suggestions (kudos? @t{;-)} to that address. It's a
-mailing list which you can join or browse an archive of; see the web
-site at @uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/} for further details.
+Bug reports should be sent to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}. You can
+also send other questions and suggestions (kudos? @t{;-)} to that
+address. It's a mailing list which you can join or browse an archive
+of; see the web site at @uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/} for
+further details.
@cindex announcement mailing list
If you want to get announcements of new @ccmode{} releases, send the
word @emph{subscribe} in the body of a message to
@email{cc-mode-announce-request@@lists.sourceforge.net}. It's possible
to subscribe from the web site too. Announcements will also be posted
-to the Usenet newsgroups @code{gnu.emacs.sources}, @code{comp.emacs} and
-@code{comp.emacs.xemacs}.
-
+to the Usenet newsgroups @code{gnu.emacs.sources}, @code{comp.emacs},
+@code{comp.emacs.xemacs}, @code{comp.lang.c}, @code{comp.lang.c++},
+@code{comp.lang.objective-c}, @code{comp.lang.java.softwaretools},
+@code{comp.lang.idl}, and @code{comp.lang.awk}.
+@c There is no newsgroup for Pike. :-(
+@c Removed the tentative node "Mode Initialization" from here, 2005/8/27.
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Sample .emacs File, Command and Function Index, Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@appendix Sample .emacs file
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-
-@example
-;; Here's a sample .emacs file that might help you along the way.
-;; Just copy this region and paste it into your .emacs file. You may
-;; want to change some of the actual values.
-
-(defconst my-c-style
- '((c-tab-always-indent . t)
- (c-comment-only-line-offset . 4)
- (c-hanging-braces-alist . ((substatement-open after)
- (brace-list-open)))
- (c-hanging-colons-alist . ((member-init-intro before)
- (inher-intro)
- (case-label after)
- (label after)
- (access-label after)))
- (c-cleanup-list . (scope-operator
- empty-defun-braces
- defun-close-semi))
- (c-offsets-alist . ((arglist-close . c-lineup-arglist)
- (substatement-open . 0)
- (case-label . 4)
- (block-open . 0)
- (knr-argdecl-intro . -)))
- (c-echo-syntactic-information-p . t))
- "My C Programming Style")
-
-;; offset customizations not in my-c-style
-(setq c-offsets-alist '((member-init-intro . ++)))
-
-;; Customizations for all modes in CC Mode.
-(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
- ;; add my personal style and set it for the current buffer
- (c-add-style "PERSONAL" my-c-style t)
- ;; other customizations
- (setq tab-width 8
- ;; this will make sure spaces are used instead of tabs
- indent-tabs-mode nil)
- ;; we like auto-newline and hungry-delete
- (c-toggle-auto-hungry-state 1)
- ;; key bindings for all supported languages. We can put these in
- ;; c-mode-base-map because c-mode-map, c++-mode-map, objc-mode-map,
- ;; java-mode-map, idl-mode-map, and pike-mode-map inherit from it.
- (define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break))
-
-(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
-@end example
-
-
-@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Command and Function Index, Variable Index, Sample .emacs File, Top
+@node Command and Function Index, Variable Index, Mailing Lists and Bug Reports, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@unnumbered Command and Function Index
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Variable Index, Concept Index, Command and Function Index, Top
+@node Variable Index, Concept and Key Index, Command and Function Index, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@unnumbered Variable Index
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-@node Concept Index, , Variable Index, Top
+@node Concept and Key Index, , Variable Index, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@unnumbered Concept Index
+@unnumbered Concept and Key Index
@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
@printindex cp